xref: /openbmc/linux/include/net/cfg80211.h (revision b8c5a806)
1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H
4 /*
5  * 802.11 device and configuration interface
6  *
7  * Copyright 2006-2010	Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
8  * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
9  * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
10  * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation
11  */
12 
13 #include <linux/netdevice.h>
14 #include <linux/debugfs.h>
15 #include <linux/list.h>
16 #include <linux/bug.h>
17 #include <linux/netlink.h>
18 #include <linux/skbuff.h>
19 #include <linux/nl80211.h>
20 #include <linux/if_ether.h>
21 #include <linux/ieee80211.h>
22 #include <linux/net.h>
23 #include <net/regulatory.h>
24 
25 /**
26  * DOC: Introduction
27  *
28  * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
29  * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
30  * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
31  * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
32  * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
33  * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
34  *
35  * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
36  * use restrictions.
37  */
38 
39 
40 /**
41  * DOC: Device registration
42  *
43  * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
44  * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
45  * described below.
46  *
47  * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
48  * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
49  * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
50  * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
51  * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
52  * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
53  * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
54  * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
55  * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
56  *
57  * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
58  * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
59  * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
60  */
61 
62 struct wiphy;
63 
64 /*
65  * wireless hardware capability structures
66  */
67 
68 /**
69  * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
70  *
71  * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
72  *
73  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
74  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
75  *	sending probe requests or beaconing.
76  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
77  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
78  *	is not permitted.
79  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
80  *	is not permitted.
81  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
82  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
83  *	this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
84  *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
85  *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
86  *	restrictions.
87  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
88  *	this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
89  *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
90  *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
91  *	restrictions.
92  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
93  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
94  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
95  *	on this channel.
96  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
97  *	on this channel.
98  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel.
99  *
100  */
101 enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
102 	IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED		= 1<<0,
103 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR		= 1<<1,
104 	/* hole at 1<<2 */
105 	IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR		= 1<<3,
106 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS	= 1<<4,
107 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<5,
108 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM		= 1<<6,
109 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<7,
110 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ	= 1<<8,
111 	IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY	= 1<<9,
112 	IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<10,
113 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ		= 1<<11,
114 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ		= 1<<12,
115 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE		= 1<<13,
116 };
117 
118 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
119 	(IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
120 
121 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS		60000
122 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS		(30 * 60 * 1000)
123 
124 /**
125  * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
126  *
127  * This structure describes a single channel for use
128  * with cfg80211.
129  *
130  * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
131  * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
132  * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
133  * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
134  *	code to support devices with additional restrictions
135  * @band: band this channel belongs to.
136  * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
137  * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
138  * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
139  * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
140  *	has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
141  *	to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
142  * @orig_mag: internal use
143  * @orig_mpwr: internal use
144  * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
145  *	on this channel.
146  * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
147  * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
148  */
149 struct ieee80211_channel {
150 	enum nl80211_band band;
151 	u32 center_freq;
152 	u16 hw_value;
153 	u32 flags;
154 	int max_antenna_gain;
155 	int max_power;
156 	int max_reg_power;
157 	bool beacon_found;
158 	u32 orig_flags;
159 	int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
160 	enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
161 	unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
162 	unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
163 };
164 
165 /**
166  * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
167  *
168  * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
169  * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
170  * different bands/PHY modes.
171  *
172  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
173  *	preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
174  *	with CCK rates.
175  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
176  *	when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
177  *	core code when registering the wiphy.
178  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
179  *	when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
180  *	core code when registering the wiphy.
181  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
182  *	when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
183  *	core code when registering the wiphy.
184  * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
185  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
186  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
187  */
188 enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
189 	IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= 1<<0,
190 	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A	= 1<<1,
191 	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B	= 1<<2,
192 	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G	= 1<<3,
193 	IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G		= 1<<4,
194 	IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ	= 1<<5,
195 	IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ	= 1<<6,
196 };
197 
198 /**
199  * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
200  *
201  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
202  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
203  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
204  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
205  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
206  */
207 enum ieee80211_bss_type {
208 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
209 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
210 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
211 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
212 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
213 };
214 
215 /**
216  * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
217  *
218  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
219  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
220  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
221  */
222 enum ieee80211_privacy {
223 	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
224 	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
225 	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
226 };
227 
228 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x)	\
229 	((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
230 
231 /**
232  * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
233  *
234  * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
235  * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
236  * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
237  * passed around.
238  *
239  * @flags: rate-specific flags
240  * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
241  * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
242  * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
243  *	short preamble is used
244  */
245 struct ieee80211_rate {
246 	u32 flags;
247 	u16 bitrate;
248 	u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
249 };
250 
251 /**
252  * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse
253  *
254  * @enable: is the feature enabled.
255  * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use
256  * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use
257  */
258 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd {
259 	bool enable;
260 	u8 min_offset;
261 	u8 max_offset;
262 };
263 
264 /**
265  * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring
266  *
267  * @color: the current color.
268  * @disabled: is the feature disabled.
269  * @partial: define the AID equation.
270  */
271 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color {
272 	u8 color;
273 	bool disabled;
274 	bool partial;
275 };
276 
277 /**
278  * struct ieee80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring
279  *
280  * @color: the current color.
281  * @disabled: is the feature disabled.
282  * @partial: define the AID equation.
283  */
284 struct ieee80211_he_bss_color {
285 	u8 color;
286 	bool disabled;
287 	bool partial;
288 };
289 
290 /**
291  * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
292  *
293  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
294  * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
295  *
296  * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
297  * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
298  * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
299  * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
300  * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
301  */
302 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
303 	u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
304 	bool ht_supported;
305 	u8 ampdu_factor;
306 	u8 ampdu_density;
307 	struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
308 };
309 
310 /**
311  * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
312  *
313  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
314  * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
315  *
316  * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
317  * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
318  * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
319  */
320 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
321 	bool vht_supported;
322 	u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
323 	struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
324 };
325 
326 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN		25
327 
328 /**
329  * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
330  *
331  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
332  * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
333  *
334  * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
335  * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
336  * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
337  * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
338  */
339 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap {
340 	bool has_he;
341 	struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem;
342 	struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp;
343 	u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
344 };
345 
346 /**
347  * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
348  *
349  * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
350  * interface types defined in @types_mask.  Each type in the
351  * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
352  *
353  * @types_mask: interface types mask
354  * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
355  */
356 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data {
357 	u16 types_mask;
358 	struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
359 };
360 
361 /**
362  * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations
363  *
364  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz
365  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz
366  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz
367  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz
368  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
369  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
370  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
371  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and
372  *	2.16GHz+2.16GHz
373  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
374  *	4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
375  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
376  *	4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
377  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
378  *	and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
379  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz,
380  *	2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
381  */
382 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config {
383 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4	= 4,
384 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5	= 5,
385 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6	= 6,
386 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7	= 7,
387 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8	= 8,
388 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9	= 9,
389 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10	= 10,
390 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11	= 11,
391 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12	= 12,
392 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13	= 13,
393 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14	= 14,
394 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15	= 15,
395 };
396 
397 /**
398  * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration
399  *
400  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
401  * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration
402  *
403  * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s)
404  *	that are allowed to be used for transmissions.
405  *	Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc.
406  *	Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported.
407  * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
408  *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations
409  */
410 struct ieee80211_edmg {
411 	u8 channels;
412 	enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config;
413 };
414 
415 /**
416  * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
417  *
418  * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
419  * is able to operate in.
420  *
421  * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in
422  *	in this band.
423  * @band: the band this structure represents
424  * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
425  * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
426  *	in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
427  *	rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
428  * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
429  * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
430  * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
431  * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band
432  * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
433  * @iftype_data: interface type data entries.  Note that the bits in
434  *	@types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
435  *	one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
436  *	iftype_data).
437  */
438 struct ieee80211_supported_band {
439 	struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
440 	struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
441 	enum nl80211_band band;
442 	int n_channels;
443 	int n_bitrates;
444 	struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
445 	struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
446 	struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap;
447 	u16 n_iftype_data;
448 	const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data;
449 };
450 
451 /**
452  * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
453  * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
454  * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
455  *
456  * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
457  */
458 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *
459 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
460 				u8 iftype)
461 {
462 	int i;
463 
464 	if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX))
465 		return NULL;
466 
467 	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++)  {
468 		const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
469 			&sband->iftype_data[i];
470 
471 		if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype))
472 			return data;
473 	}
474 
475 	return NULL;
476 }
477 
478 /**
479  * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype
480  * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
481  * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
482  *
483  * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
484  */
485 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
486 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
487 			    u8 iftype)
488 {
489 	const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
490 		ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
491 
492 	if (data && data->he_cap.has_he)
493 		return &data->he_cap;
494 
495 	return NULL;
496 }
497 
498 /**
499  * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA
500  * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
501  *
502  * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
503  */
504 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
505 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband)
506 {
507 	return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION);
508 }
509 
510 /**
511  * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
512  *
513  * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
514  *
515  * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
516  * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
517  * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
518  *
519  * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
520  * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
521  * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
522  * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
523  * without affecting other devices.
524  *
525  * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
526  * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
527  * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
528  */
529 #ifdef CONFIG_OF
530 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
531 #else /* CONFIG_OF */
532 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
533 {
534 }
535 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
536 
537 
538 /*
539  * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
540  */
541 
542 /**
543  * DOC: Actions and configuration
544  *
545  * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
546  * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
547  * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
548  * operations use are described separately.
549  *
550  * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
551  * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
552  *
553  * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
554  * in a separate chapter.
555  */
556 
557 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
558 				    WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
559 
560 /**
561  * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
562  * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
563  *	%MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
564  * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
565  * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
566  *	If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
567  *	determine the address as needed.
568  *	This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
569  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag.  Others may support creating
570  **	only p2p devices with specified MAC.
571  * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
572  *	belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
573  * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
574  *	MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
575  */
576 struct vif_params {
577 	u32 flags;
578 	int use_4addr;
579 	u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
580 	const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
581 	const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
582 };
583 
584 /**
585  * struct key_params - key information
586  *
587  * Information about a key
588  *
589  * @key: key material
590  * @key_len: length of key material
591  * @cipher: cipher suite selector
592  * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
593  *	with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
594  *	length given by @seq_len.
595  * @seq_len: length of @seq.
596  * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero)
597  * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX)
598  */
599 struct key_params {
600 	const u8 *key;
601 	const u8 *seq;
602 	int key_len;
603 	int seq_len;
604 	u16 vlan_id;
605 	u32 cipher;
606 	enum nl80211_key_mode mode;
607 };
608 
609 /**
610  * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
611  * @chan: the (control) channel
612  * @width: channel width
613  * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
614  * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
615  *	(only with 80+80 MHz)
616  * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration.
617  *	If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero),
618  *	chan will define the primary channel and all other
619  *	parameters are ignored.
620  */
621 struct cfg80211_chan_def {
622 	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
623 	enum nl80211_chan_width width;
624 	u32 center_freq1;
625 	u32 center_freq2;
626 	struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
627 };
628 
629 /**
630  * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration
631  * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration
632  *	of the peer.
633  * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify
634  * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed,
635  *	similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp.
636  * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID
637  * @retry_long: retry count value
638  * @retry_short: retry count value
639  * @ampdu: Enable/Disable aggregation
640  * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS
641  */
642 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg {
643 	bool config_override;
644 	u8 tids;
645 	u32 mask;
646 	enum nl80211_tid_config noack;
647 	u8 retry_long, retry_short;
648 	enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu;
649 	enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts;
650 };
651 
652 /**
653  * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration
654  * @peer: Station's MAC address
655  * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied
656  * @tid_conf: Configuration change info
657  */
658 struct cfg80211_tid_config {
659 	const u8 *peer;
660 	u32 n_tid_conf;
661 	struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[];
662 };
663 
664 /**
665  * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
666  * @chandef: the channel definition
667  *
668  * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
669  * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
670  */
671 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
672 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
673 {
674 	switch (chandef->width) {
675 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
676 		return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
677 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
678 		return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
679 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
680 		if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
681 			return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
682 		return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
683 	default:
684 		WARN_ON(1);
685 		return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
686 	}
687 }
688 
689 /**
690  * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
691  * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
692  * @channel: the control channel
693  * @chantype: the channel type
694  *
695  * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
696  */
697 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
698 			     struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
699 			     enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
700 
701 /**
702  * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
703  * @chandef1: first channel definition
704  * @chandef2: second channel definition
705  *
706  * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
707  * identical, %false otherwise.
708  */
709 static inline bool
710 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
711 			   const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
712 {
713 	return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
714 		chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
715 		chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
716 		chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
717 }
718 
719 /**
720  * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel
721  *
722  * @chandef: the channel definition
723  *
724  * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise.
725  */
726 static inline bool
727 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
728 {
729 	return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config;
730 }
731 
732 /**
733  * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
734  * @chandef1: first channel definition
735  * @chandef2: second channel definition
736  *
737  * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
738  * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
739  */
740 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
741 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
742 			    const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
743 
744 /**
745  * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
746  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
747  * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
748  */
749 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
750 
751 /**
752  * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
753  * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
754  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
755  * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
756  * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
757  */
758 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
759 			     const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
760 			     u32 prohibited_flags);
761 
762 /**
763  * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
764  * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
765  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
766  * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
767  * Returns:
768  *	1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
769  */
770 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
771 				  const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
772 				  enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
773 
774 /**
775  * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
776  *
777  * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
778  * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
779  *
780  * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
781  *
782  * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
783  */
784 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
785 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
786 {
787 	switch (chandef->width) {
788 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
789 		return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
790 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
791 		return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
792 	default:
793 		break;
794 	}
795 	return 0;
796 }
797 
798 /**
799  * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
800  *
801  * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
802  * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
803  * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
804  *
805  * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
806  *
807  * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
808  */
809 static inline int
810 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
811 {
812 	switch (chandef->width) {
813 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
814 		return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
815 			   chandef->chan->max_power);
816 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
817 		return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
818 			   chandef->chan->max_power);
819 	default:
820 		break;
821 	}
822 	return chandef->chan->max_power;
823 }
824 
825 /**
826  * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
827  *
828  * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
829  * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
830  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
831  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
832  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
833  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
834  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
835  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
836  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in
837  *
838  * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
839  * it has filled in during the get_survey().
840  */
841 enum survey_info_flags {
842 	SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM		= BIT(0),
843 	SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE		= BIT(1),
844 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME		= BIT(2),
845 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY		= BIT(3),
846 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY	= BIT(4),
847 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX		= BIT(5),
848 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX		= BIT(6),
849 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN		= BIT(7),
850 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX		= BIT(8),
851 };
852 
853 /**
854  * struct survey_info - channel survey response
855  *
856  * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
857  *	record to report global statistics
858  * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
859  * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
860  *	optional
861  * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
862  * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
863  * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
864  * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
865  * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
866  * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
867  * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS
868  *
869  * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
870  *
871  * This structure can later be expanded with things like
872  * channel duty cycle etc.
873  */
874 struct survey_info {
875 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
876 	u64 time;
877 	u64 time_busy;
878 	u64 time_ext_busy;
879 	u64 time_rx;
880 	u64 time_tx;
881 	u64 time_scan;
882 	u64 time_bss_rx;
883 	u32 filled;
884 	s8 noise;
885 };
886 
887 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS	4
888 
889 /**
890  * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
891  * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
892  *	(from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
893  * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
894  * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
895  * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
896  * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
897  * @akm_suites: AKM suites
898  * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
899  *	sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
900  *	required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
901  *	user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
902  * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
903  *	allowed through even on unauthorized ports
904  * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
905  *	protocol frames.
906  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
907  *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
908  * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control
909  *	port for mac80211
910  * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
911  *	CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
912  * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
913  * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
914  * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE
915  *	offload)
916  * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload)
917  */
918 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
919 	u32 wpa_versions;
920 	u32 cipher_group;
921 	int n_ciphers_pairwise;
922 	u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
923 	int n_akm_suites;
924 	u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES];
925 	bool control_port;
926 	__be16 control_port_ethertype;
927 	bool control_port_no_encrypt;
928 	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
929 	bool control_port_no_preauth;
930 	struct key_params *wep_keys;
931 	int wep_tx_key;
932 	const u8 *psk;
933 	const u8 *sae_pwd;
934 	u8 sae_pwd_len;
935 };
936 
937 /**
938  * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
939  * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
940  *	or %NULL if not changed
941  * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
942  *	or %NULL if not changed
943  * @head_len: length of @head
944  * @tail_len: length of @tail
945  * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
946  * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
947  * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
948  *	frames or %NULL
949  * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
950  * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
951  *	Response frames or %NULL
952  * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
953  * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
954  * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
955  * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
956  *	(which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
957  * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
958  *	(measurement type 8)
959  * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
960  *	Token (measurement type 11)
961  * @lci_len: LCI data length
962  * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
963  */
964 struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
965 	const u8 *head, *tail;
966 	const u8 *beacon_ies;
967 	const u8 *proberesp_ies;
968 	const u8 *assocresp_ies;
969 	const u8 *probe_resp;
970 	const u8 *lci;
971 	const u8 *civicloc;
972 	s8 ftm_responder;
973 
974 	size_t head_len, tail_len;
975 	size_t beacon_ies_len;
976 	size_t proberesp_ies_len;
977 	size_t assocresp_ies_len;
978 	size_t probe_resp_len;
979 	size_t lci_len;
980 	size_t civicloc_len;
981 };
982 
983 struct mac_address {
984 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
985 };
986 
987 /**
988  * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
989  *
990  * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
991  *	entry specified by mac_addr
992  * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
993  * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
994  */
995 struct cfg80211_acl_data {
996 	enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
997 	int n_acl_entries;
998 
999 	/* Keep it last */
1000 	struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
1001 };
1002 
1003 /*
1004  * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
1005  */
1006 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
1007 	struct {
1008 		u32 legacy;
1009 		u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
1010 		u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
1011 		enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
1012 	} control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1013 };
1014 
1015 /**
1016  * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
1017  *
1018  * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings
1019  *
1020  * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication
1021  */
1022 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags {
1023 	AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0),
1024 };
1025 
1026 /**
1027  * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
1028  *
1029  * Used to configure an AP interface.
1030  *
1031  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1032  * @beacon: beacon data
1033  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1034  * @dtim_period: DTIM period
1035  * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
1036  *	user space)
1037  * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
1038  * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
1039  * @crypto: crypto settings
1040  * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
1041  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
1042  * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
1043  * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
1044  * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
1045  * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
1046  * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
1047  *	MAC address based access control
1048  * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
1049  *	networks.
1050  * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1051  * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
1052  * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
1053  * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
1054  * @ht_required: stations must support HT
1055  * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
1056  * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time
1057  * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags
1058  * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings
1059  * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings
1060  * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
1061  */
1062 struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
1063 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1064 
1065 	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
1066 
1067 	int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
1068 	const u8 *ssid;
1069 	size_t ssid_len;
1070 	enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
1071 	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
1072 	bool privacy;
1073 	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
1074 	enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
1075 	int inactivity_timeout;
1076 	u8 p2p_ctwindow;
1077 	bool p2p_opp_ps;
1078 	const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
1079 	bool pbss;
1080 	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1081 
1082 	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
1083 	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
1084 	const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap;
1085 	const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper;
1086 	bool ht_required, vht_required;
1087 	bool twt_responder;
1088 	u32 flags;
1089 	struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
1090 	struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color;
1091 };
1092 
1093 /**
1094  * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
1095  *
1096  * Used for channel switch
1097  *
1098  * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
1099  * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
1100  * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
1101  * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
1102  * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
1103  * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
1104  * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
1105  * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
1106  * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
1107  * @count: number of beacons until switch
1108  */
1109 struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
1110 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1111 	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
1112 	const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
1113 	const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
1114 	unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
1115 	unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
1116 	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
1117 	bool radar_required;
1118 	bool block_tx;
1119 	u8 count;
1120 };
1121 
1122 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10
1123 
1124 /**
1125  * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
1126  *
1127  * Used to pass interface combination parameters
1128  *
1129  * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
1130  *	to use for verification
1131  * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
1132  *	width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
1133  *	&struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
1134  * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
1135  *	type.  The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
1136  *	nl80211_iftype.
1137  * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
1138  *	that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
1139  *	the verification
1140  */
1141 struct iface_combination_params {
1142 	int num_different_channels;
1143 	u8 radar_detect;
1144 	int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
1145 	u32 new_beacon_int;
1146 };
1147 
1148 /**
1149  * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
1150  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
1151  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
1152  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
1153  *
1154  * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
1155  * for those that don't these flags will are used.
1156  */
1157 enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
1158 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
1159 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
1160 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
1161 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3),
1162 };
1163 
1164 /**
1165  * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
1166  *
1167  * Used to configure txpower for station.
1168  *
1169  * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power
1170  *	is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be
1171  *	overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx
1172  *	power per-interface or per-station.
1173  * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
1174  *	will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
1175  *	%type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
1176  *	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
1177  *	per peer TPC.
1178  */
1179 struct sta_txpwr {
1180 	s16 power;
1181 	enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
1182 };
1183 
1184 /**
1185  * struct station_parameters - station parameters
1186  *
1187  * Used to change and create a new station.
1188  *
1189  * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
1190  * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1191  *	(or NULL for no change)
1192  * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
1193  * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
1194  *	(bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1195  * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
1196  *	(bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1197  * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
1198  * @aid: AID or zero for no change
1199  * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero)
1200  * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
1201  * @plink_action: plink action to take
1202  * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
1203  * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
1204  * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
1205  * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
1206  *	as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
1207  * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
1208  *	QoS info field (but already shifted down)
1209  * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
1210  *	(for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
1211  *	see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
1212  * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
1213  *	to unknown)
1214  * @capability: station capability
1215  * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
1216  * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
1217  * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
1218  * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
1219  * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
1220  * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
1221  * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
1222  * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
1223  * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
1224  * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
1225  * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
1226  * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
1227  * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station
1228  */
1229 struct station_parameters {
1230 	const u8 *supported_rates;
1231 	struct net_device *vlan;
1232 	u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
1233 	u32 sta_modify_mask;
1234 	int listen_interval;
1235 	u16 aid;
1236 	u16 vlan_id;
1237 	u16 peer_aid;
1238 	u8 supported_rates_len;
1239 	u8 plink_action;
1240 	u8 plink_state;
1241 	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
1242 	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
1243 	u8 uapsd_queues;
1244 	u8 max_sp;
1245 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1246 	u16 capability;
1247 	const u8 *ext_capab;
1248 	u8 ext_capab_len;
1249 	const u8 *supported_channels;
1250 	u8 supported_channels_len;
1251 	const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
1252 	u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
1253 	u8 opmode_notif;
1254 	bool opmode_notif_used;
1255 	int support_p2p_ps;
1256 	const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa;
1257 	u8 he_capa_len;
1258 	u16 airtime_weight;
1259 	struct sta_txpwr txpwr;
1260 };
1261 
1262 /**
1263  * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
1264  *
1265  * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
1266  *
1267  * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
1268  * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
1269  *	(10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
1270  * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
1271  */
1272 struct station_del_parameters {
1273 	const u8 *mac;
1274 	u8 subtype;
1275 	u16 reason_code;
1276 };
1277 
1278 /**
1279  * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
1280  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
1281  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
1282  *	unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
1283  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
1284  *	the AP MLME in the device
1285  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
1286  * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
1287  * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
1288  *	while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
1289  *	being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
1290  *	supported/used)
1291  * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
1292  *	entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
1293  * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
1294  * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
1295  */
1296 enum cfg80211_station_type {
1297 	CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
1298 	CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
1299 	CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
1300 	CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
1301 	CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
1302 	CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
1303 	CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
1304 	CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
1305 	CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
1306 };
1307 
1308 /**
1309  * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
1310  * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
1311  * @params: the new parameters for a station
1312  * @statype: the type of station being modified
1313  *
1314  * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
1315  * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
1316  * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
1317  * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
1318  * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
1319  */
1320 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1321 				  struct station_parameters *params,
1322 				  enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
1323 
1324 /**
1325  * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1326  *
1327  * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1328  * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1329  *
1330  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
1331  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
1332  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
1333  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS
1334  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
1335  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode
1336  */
1337 enum rate_info_flags {
1338 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS			= BIT(0),
1339 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS			= BIT(1),
1340 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI		= BIT(2),
1341 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG			= BIT(3),
1342 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS			= BIT(4),
1343 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG			= BIT(5),
1344 };
1345 
1346 /**
1347  * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
1348  *
1349  * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
1350  *
1351  * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
1352  * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
1353  * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
1354  * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
1355  * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
1356  * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
1357  * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
1358  */
1359 enum rate_info_bw {
1360 	RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
1361 	RATE_INFO_BW_5,
1362 	RATE_INFO_BW_10,
1363 	RATE_INFO_BW_40,
1364 	RATE_INFO_BW_80,
1365 	RATE_INFO_BW_160,
1366 	RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU,
1367 };
1368 
1369 /**
1370  * struct rate_info - bitrate information
1371  *
1372  * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
1373  *
1374  * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
1375  * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate
1376  * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
1377  * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
1378  * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
1379  * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
1380  * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
1381  * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
1382  *	only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
1383  * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4)
1384  */
1385 struct rate_info {
1386 	u8 flags;
1387 	u8 mcs;
1388 	u16 legacy;
1389 	u8 nss;
1390 	u8 bw;
1391 	u8 he_gi;
1392 	u8 he_dcm;
1393 	u8 he_ru_alloc;
1394 	u8 n_bonded_ch;
1395 };
1396 
1397 /**
1398  * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1399  *
1400  * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1401  * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1402  *
1403  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
1404  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1405  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
1406  */
1407 enum bss_param_flags {
1408 	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT	= 1<<0,
1409 	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= 1<<1,
1410 	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME	= 1<<2,
1411 };
1412 
1413 /**
1414  * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
1415  *
1416  * Information about the currently associated BSS
1417  *
1418  * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
1419  * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
1420  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1421  */
1422 struct sta_bss_parameters {
1423 	u8 flags;
1424 	u8 dtim_period;
1425 	u16 beacon_interval;
1426 };
1427 
1428 /**
1429  * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
1430  * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
1431  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1432  * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
1433  * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
1434  * @flows: number of new flows seen
1435  * @drops: total number of packets dropped
1436  * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
1437  * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
1438  * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
1439  * @collisions: number of hash collisions
1440  * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
1441  * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
1442  * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
1443  */
1444 struct cfg80211_txq_stats {
1445 	u32 filled;
1446 	u32 backlog_bytes;
1447 	u32 backlog_packets;
1448 	u32 flows;
1449 	u32 drops;
1450 	u32 ecn_marks;
1451 	u32 overlimit;
1452 	u32 overmemory;
1453 	u32 collisions;
1454 	u32 tx_bytes;
1455 	u32 tx_packets;
1456 	u32 max_flows;
1457 };
1458 
1459 /**
1460  * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
1461  * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
1462  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1463  * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
1464  * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
1465  * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
1466  *	transmitted MSDUs
1467  * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
1468  * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
1469  */
1470 struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
1471 	u32 filled;
1472 	u64 rx_msdu;
1473 	u64 tx_msdu;
1474 	u64 tx_msdu_retries;
1475 	u64 tx_msdu_failed;
1476 	struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats;
1477 };
1478 
1479 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS	4
1480 
1481 /**
1482  * struct station_info - station information
1483  *
1484  * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
1485  *
1486  * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
1487  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
1488  * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
1489  * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
1490  * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association
1491  * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
1492  * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
1493  * @llid: mesh local link id
1494  * @plid: mesh peer link id
1495  * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
1496  * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1497  *	For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1498  * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1499  *	For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1500  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
1501  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
1502  * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
1503  * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
1504  * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
1505  * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
1506  * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
1507  * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
1508  * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
1509  * @rx_dropped_misc:  Dropped for un-specified reason.
1510  * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
1511  * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1512  *	This number should increase every time the list of stations
1513  *	changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1514  *	userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1515  * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
1516  *	This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
1517  *	user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
1518  *	the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
1519  * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
1520  * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1521  * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1522  * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1523  * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
1524  * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
1525  * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1526  * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
1527  *	towards this station.
1528  * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
1529  * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
1530  *	from this peer
1531  * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
1532  * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
1533  * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
1534  * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
1535  * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
1536  *	(IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
1537  *	Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
1538  * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
1539  * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
1540  *	been sent.
1541  * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
1542  * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
1543  *	an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
1544  *	received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
1545  * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric.
1546  */
1547 struct station_info {
1548 	u64 filled;
1549 	u32 connected_time;
1550 	u32 inactive_time;
1551 	u64 assoc_at;
1552 	u64 rx_bytes;
1553 	u64 tx_bytes;
1554 	u16 llid;
1555 	u16 plid;
1556 	u8 plink_state;
1557 	s8 signal;
1558 	s8 signal_avg;
1559 
1560 	u8 chains;
1561 	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1562 	s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1563 
1564 	struct rate_info txrate;
1565 	struct rate_info rxrate;
1566 	u32 rx_packets;
1567 	u32 tx_packets;
1568 	u32 tx_retries;
1569 	u32 tx_failed;
1570 	u32 rx_dropped_misc;
1571 	struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
1572 	struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
1573 
1574 	int generation;
1575 
1576 	const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
1577 	size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
1578 
1579 	u32 beacon_loss_count;
1580 	s64 t_offset;
1581 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1582 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
1583 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
1584 
1585 	u32 expected_throughput;
1586 
1587 	u64 tx_duration;
1588 	u64 rx_duration;
1589 	u64 rx_beacon;
1590 	u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
1591 	u8 connected_to_gate;
1592 
1593 	struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid;
1594 	s8 ack_signal;
1595 	s8 avg_ack_signal;
1596 
1597 	u16 airtime_weight;
1598 
1599 	u32 rx_mpdu_count;
1600 	u32 fcs_err_count;
1601 
1602 	u32 airtime_link_metric;
1603 };
1604 
1605 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
1606 /**
1607  * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
1608  * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
1609  * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
1610  * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
1611  *
1612  * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
1613  * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
1614  * considered undefined.
1615  */
1616 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
1617 			 struct station_info *sinfo);
1618 #else
1619 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
1620 				       const u8 *mac_addr,
1621 				       struct station_info *sinfo)
1622 {
1623 	return -ENOENT;
1624 }
1625 #endif
1626 
1627 /**
1628  * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
1629  *
1630  * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
1631  * according to the nl80211 flags.
1632  *
1633  * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
1634  * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
1635  * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
1636  * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
1637  * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
1638  * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1639  * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
1640  */
1641 enum monitor_flags {
1642 	MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED		= 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
1643 	MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
1644 	MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
1645 	MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
1646 	MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
1647 	MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES	= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
1648 	MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
1649 };
1650 
1651 /**
1652  * enum mpath_info_flags -  mesh path information flags
1653  *
1654  * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
1655  * in during get_station() or dump_station().
1656  *
1657  * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
1658  * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
1659  * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
1660  * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
1661  * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
1662  * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
1663  * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
1664  * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
1665  * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
1666  */
1667 enum mpath_info_flags {
1668 	MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN		= BIT(0),
1669 	MPATH_INFO_SN			= BIT(1),
1670 	MPATH_INFO_METRIC		= BIT(2),
1671 	MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME		= BIT(3),
1672 	MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT	= BIT(4),
1673 	MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES	= BIT(5),
1674 	MPATH_INFO_FLAGS		= BIT(6),
1675 	MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT		= BIT(7),
1676 	MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE		= BIT(8),
1677 };
1678 
1679 /**
1680  * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
1681  *
1682  * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
1683  *
1684  * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
1685  * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1686  * @sn: target sequence number
1687  * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
1688  * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
1689  * @flags: mesh path flags
1690  * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
1691  * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1692  * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1693  *	This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
1694  *	changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1695  *	userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1696  * @hop_count: hops to destination
1697  * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
1698  */
1699 struct mpath_info {
1700 	u32 filled;
1701 	u32 frame_qlen;
1702 	u32 sn;
1703 	u32 metric;
1704 	u32 exptime;
1705 	u32 discovery_timeout;
1706 	u8 discovery_retries;
1707 	u8 flags;
1708 	u8 hop_count;
1709 	u32 path_change_count;
1710 
1711 	int generation;
1712 };
1713 
1714 /**
1715  * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
1716  *
1717  * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
1718  *
1719  * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
1720  *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1721  * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
1722  *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1723  * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
1724  *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1725  * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1726  *	(or NULL for no change)
1727  * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1728  * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
1729  * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
1730  *	(u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1731  * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
1732  * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1733  */
1734 struct bss_parameters {
1735 	int use_cts_prot;
1736 	int use_short_preamble;
1737 	int use_short_slot_time;
1738 	const u8 *basic_rates;
1739 	u8 basic_rates_len;
1740 	int ap_isolate;
1741 	int ht_opmode;
1742 	s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
1743 };
1744 
1745 /**
1746  * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
1747  *
1748  * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1749  *
1750  * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
1751  *	by the Mesh Peering Open message
1752  * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
1753  *	used by the Mesh Peering Open message
1754  * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
1755  *	the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
1756  * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
1757  *	mesh interface
1758  * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
1759  *	be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
1760  * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
1761  * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
1762  *	elements
1763  * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
1764  *	detect compatible mesh peers
1765  * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
1766  *	synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
1767  * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
1768  *	that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
1769  * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
1770  * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
1771  *	a path discovery in milliseconds
1772  * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1773  *	receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
1774  *	root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
1775  * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1776  *	which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
1777  *	element
1778  * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1779  *	which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
1780  *	element
1781  * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
1782  *	it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
1783  * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
1784  * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
1785  *	announcements are transmitted
1786  * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
1787  *	station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
1788  *	missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
1789  *	only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
1790  *	not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
1791  *	same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
1792  * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
1793  *	entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
1794  * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
1795  *	station to establish a peer link
1796  * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
1797  *
1798  * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1799  *	receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
1800  *	the root mesh STA to be valid.
1801  *
1802  * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
1803  *	PREQs are transmitted.
1804  * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
1805  *	during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
1806  *	a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
1807  * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
1808  *	setting for new peer links.
1809  * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
1810  *	after transmitting its beacon.
1811  * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
1812  *	peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
1813  *	from the STA's list of peers.  Default is 30 minutes.
1814  * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
1815  *      connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info.  If false, the
1816  *      value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
1817  *      in the mesh path table
1818  */
1819 struct mesh_config {
1820 	u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
1821 	u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
1822 	u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
1823 	u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
1824 	u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
1825 	u8 dot11MeshTTL;
1826 	u8 element_ttl;
1827 	bool auto_open_plinks;
1828 	u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
1829 	u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
1830 	u32 path_refresh_time;
1831 	u16 min_discovery_timeout;
1832 	u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
1833 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
1834 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
1835 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
1836 	u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
1837 	bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate;
1838 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
1839 	bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
1840 	bool dot11MeshForwarding;
1841 	s32 rssi_threshold;
1842 	u16 ht_opmode;
1843 	u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
1844 	u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
1845 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
1846 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
1847 	u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
1848 	u32 plink_timeout;
1849 };
1850 
1851 /**
1852  * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
1853  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1854  * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
1855  * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
1856  * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
1857  * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
1858  * @path_metric: which metric to use
1859  * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
1860  * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
1861  * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
1862  * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
1863  * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
1864  * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
1865  * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
1866  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
1867  * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
1868  * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
1869  * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1870  * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
1871  *	changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
1872  *	to operate on DFS channels.
1873  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
1874  *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
1875  *
1876  * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
1877  */
1878 struct mesh_setup {
1879 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1880 	const u8 *mesh_id;
1881 	u8 mesh_id_len;
1882 	u8 sync_method;
1883 	u8 path_sel_proto;
1884 	u8 path_metric;
1885 	u8 auth_id;
1886 	const u8 *ie;
1887 	u8 ie_len;
1888 	bool is_authenticated;
1889 	bool is_secure;
1890 	bool user_mpm;
1891 	u8 dtim_period;
1892 	u16 beacon_interval;
1893 	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1894 	u32 basic_rates;
1895 	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1896 	bool userspace_handles_dfs;
1897 	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
1898 };
1899 
1900 /**
1901  * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
1902  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1903  *
1904  * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
1905  */
1906 struct ocb_setup {
1907 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1908 };
1909 
1910 /**
1911  * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
1912  * @ac: AC identifier
1913  * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
1914  * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1915  *	1..32767]
1916  * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1917  *	1..32767]
1918  * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
1919  */
1920 struct ieee80211_txq_params {
1921 	enum nl80211_ac ac;
1922 	u16 txop;
1923 	u16 cwmin;
1924 	u16 cwmax;
1925 	u8 aifs;
1926 };
1927 
1928 /**
1929  * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
1930  *
1931  * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
1932  * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
1933  * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
1934  * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
1935  * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
1936  * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
1937  * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
1938  * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
1939  * in the wiphy structure.
1940  *
1941  * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
1942  * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
1943  * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
1944  *
1945  * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
1946  * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
1947  * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
1948  * to userspace.
1949  */
1950 
1951 /**
1952  * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
1953  * @ssid: the SSID
1954  * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
1955  */
1956 struct cfg80211_ssid {
1957 	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
1958 	u8 ssid_len;
1959 };
1960 
1961 /**
1962  * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
1963  * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
1964  *	wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
1965  *	information is not available, this field is left zero.
1966  * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
1967  * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
1968  *	userspace will be notified of that
1969  */
1970 struct cfg80211_scan_info {
1971 	u64 scan_start_tsf;
1972 	u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1973 	bool aborted;
1974 };
1975 
1976 /**
1977  * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
1978  *
1979  * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
1980  * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1981  * @channels: channels to scan on.
1982  * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1983  * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1984  * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1985  * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1986  * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
1987  *	%duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
1988  *	the actual dwell time may be shorter.
1989  * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
1990  *	%duration field.
1991  * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1992  * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
1993  * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1994  * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
1995  * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
1996  * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
1997  * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
1998  * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
1999  * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2000  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2001  *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2002  *	be taken from the @mac_addr
2003  * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
2004  */
2005 struct cfg80211_scan_request {
2006 	struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
2007 	int n_ssids;
2008 	u32 n_channels;
2009 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2010 	const u8 *ie;
2011 	size_t ie_len;
2012 	u16 duration;
2013 	bool duration_mandatory;
2014 	u32 flags;
2015 
2016 	u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2017 
2018 	struct wireless_dev *wdev;
2019 
2020 	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2021 	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2022 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2023 
2024 	/* internal */
2025 	struct wiphy *wiphy;
2026 	unsigned long scan_start;
2027 	struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
2028 	bool notified;
2029 	bool no_cck;
2030 
2031 	/* keep last */
2032 	struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
2033 };
2034 
2035 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
2036 {
2037 	int i;
2038 
2039 	get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
2040 	for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
2041 		buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
2042 		buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
2043 	}
2044 }
2045 
2046 /**
2047  * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
2048  *
2049  * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
2050  *	or no match (RSSI only)
2051  * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
2052  *	or no match (RSSI only)
2053  * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
2054  * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied
2055  *	for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support
2056  *	of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability
2057  *	%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band
2058  *	specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified.
2059  *	If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of
2060  *	corresponding matchset.
2061  */
2062 struct cfg80211_match_set {
2063 	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2064 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2065 	s32 rssi_thold;
2066 	s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2067 };
2068 
2069 /**
2070  * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
2071  *
2072  * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
2073  * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
2074  *	infinite loop.
2075  *	The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
2076  *	all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
2077  */
2078 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
2079 	u32 interval;
2080 	u32 iterations;
2081 };
2082 
2083 /**
2084  * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
2085  *
2086  * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
2087  * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
2088  */
2089 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
2090 	enum nl80211_band band;
2091 	s8 delta;
2092 };
2093 
2094 /**
2095  * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
2096  *
2097  * @reqid: identifies this request.
2098  * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
2099  * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
2100  * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
2101  * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
2102  * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
2103  * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
2104  * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
2105  * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
2106  *	entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
2107  *	(others are filtered out).
2108  *	If ommited, all results are passed.
2109  * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
2110  * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
2111  * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
2112  * @dev: the interface
2113  * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
2114  * @channels: channels to scan
2115  * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
2116  *	contains the minimum over all matchsets
2117  * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2118  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2119  *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2120  *	be taken from the @mac_addr
2121  * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
2122  *	index must be executed first.
2123  * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
2124  * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
2125  * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
2126  *	owned by a particular socket)
2127  * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
2128  * @list: for keeping list of requests.
2129  * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
2130  *	cycle.  The driver may ignore this parameter and start
2131  *	immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
2132  *	supported.
2133  * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
2134  * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
2135  *	reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
2136  *	to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
2137  *	The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
2138  * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
2139  *	to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
2140  *	using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
2141  *	belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
2142  *	comparisions.
2143  */
2144 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
2145 	u64 reqid;
2146 	struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
2147 	int n_ssids;
2148 	u32 n_channels;
2149 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2150 	const u8 *ie;
2151 	size_t ie_len;
2152 	u32 flags;
2153 	struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
2154 	int n_match_sets;
2155 	s32 min_rssi_thold;
2156 	u32 delay;
2157 	struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
2158 	int n_scan_plans;
2159 
2160 	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2161 	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2162 
2163 	bool relative_rssi_set;
2164 	s8 relative_rssi;
2165 	struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
2166 
2167 	/* internal */
2168 	struct wiphy *wiphy;
2169 	struct net_device *dev;
2170 	unsigned long scan_start;
2171 	bool report_results;
2172 	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2173 	u32 owner_nlportid;
2174 	bool nl_owner_dead;
2175 	struct list_head list;
2176 
2177 	/* keep last */
2178 	struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
2179 };
2180 
2181 /**
2182  * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
2183  *
2184  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
2185  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
2186  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
2187  */
2188 enum cfg80211_signal_type {
2189 	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
2190 	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
2191 	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
2192 };
2193 
2194 /**
2195  * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
2196  * @chan: channel the frame was received on
2197  * @scan_width: scan width that was used
2198  * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
2199  *	signal type
2200  * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
2201  *	received; should match the time when the frame was actually
2202  *	received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
2203  *	buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
2204  *	If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
2205  *	ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate.
2206  * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
2207  *	timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
2208  *	by %parent_bssid.
2209  * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
2210  *	the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
2211  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2212  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2213  */
2214 struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
2215 	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2216 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2217 	s32 signal;
2218 	u64 boottime_ns;
2219 	u64 parent_tsf;
2220 	u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2221 	u8 chains;
2222 	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2223 };
2224 
2225 /**
2226  * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
2227  * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
2228  * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
2229  * @len: length of the IEs
2230  * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
2231  * @data: IE data
2232  */
2233 struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
2234 	u64 tsf;
2235 	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2236 	int len;
2237 	bool from_beacon;
2238 	u8 data[];
2239 };
2240 
2241 /**
2242  * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
2243  *
2244  * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
2245  * for use in scan results and similar.
2246  *
2247  * @channel: channel this BSS is on
2248  * @scan_width: width of the control channel
2249  * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
2250  * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
2251  * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
2252  * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
2253  *	are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
2254  *	proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
2255  *	received. It is always non-%NULL.
2256  * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
2257  *	(implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
2258  *	own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
2259  *	@hidden_beacon_bss struct)
2260  * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
2261  * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
2262  *	a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
2263  *	that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
2264  *	points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
2265  * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
2266  *	non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
2267  * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
2268  *	(multi-BSSID support)
2269  * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
2270  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2271  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2272  * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
2273  * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
2274  * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
2275  */
2276 struct cfg80211_bss {
2277 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2278 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2279 
2280 	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
2281 	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
2282 	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
2283 
2284 	struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
2285 	struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss;
2286 	struct list_head nontrans_list;
2287 
2288 	s32 signal;
2289 
2290 	u16 beacon_interval;
2291 	u16 capability;
2292 
2293 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2294 	u8 chains;
2295 	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2296 
2297 	u8 bssid_index;
2298 	u8 max_bssid_indicator;
2299 
2300 	u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2301 };
2302 
2303 /**
2304  * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
2305  * @bss: the bss to search
2306  * @id: the element ID
2307  *
2308  * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2309  * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2310  * Return: %NULL if not found.
2311  */
2312 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id);
2313 
2314 /**
2315  * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
2316  * @bss: the bss to search
2317  * @id: the element ID
2318  *
2319  * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2320  * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2321  * Return: %NULL if not found.
2322  */
2323 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id)
2324 {
2325 	return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id);
2326 }
2327 
2328 
2329 /**
2330  * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
2331  *
2332  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2333  * authentication.
2334  *
2335  * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
2336  *	to it if it needs to keep it.
2337  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2338  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
2339  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2340  * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2341  * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2342  * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2343  * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
2344  *	the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
2345  *	Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
2346  *	transaction sequence number field.
2347  * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
2348  */
2349 struct cfg80211_auth_request {
2350 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2351 	const u8 *ie;
2352 	size_t ie_len;
2353 	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2354 	const u8 *key;
2355 	u8 key_len, key_idx;
2356 	const u8 *auth_data;
2357 	size_t auth_data_len;
2358 };
2359 
2360 /**
2361  * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
2362  *
2363  * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT:  Disable HT (802.11n)
2364  * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT:  Disable VHT
2365  * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
2366  * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
2367  *	authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
2368  *	userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
2369  *	request (connect callback).
2370  */
2371 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
2372 	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT			= BIT(0),
2373 	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT			= BIT(1),
2374 	ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM			= BIT(2),
2375 	CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT	= BIT(3),
2376 };
2377 
2378 /**
2379  * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
2380  *
2381  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2382  * (re)association.
2383  * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
2384  *	given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
2385  *	or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
2386  *	association requests while already associating must be rejected.
2387  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
2388  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2389  * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
2390  * @crypto: crypto settings
2391  * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2392  *	to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2393  *	do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2394  *	the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2395  *	included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2396  *	frame.
2397  * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2398  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2399  *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2400  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2401  * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
2402  * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
2403  * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
2404  *	%NULL if FILS is not used.
2405  * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
2406  * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
2407  *	Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
2408  *	with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2409  */
2410 struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
2411 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2412 	const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
2413 	size_t ie_len;
2414 	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2415 	bool use_mfp;
2416 	u32 flags;
2417 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2418 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2419 	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
2420 	const u8 *fils_kek;
2421 	size_t fils_kek_len;
2422 	const u8 *fils_nonces;
2423 };
2424 
2425 /**
2426  * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
2427  *
2428  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2429  * deauthentication.
2430  *
2431  * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
2432  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
2433  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2434  * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
2435  * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
2436  *	do not set a deauth frame
2437  */
2438 struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
2439 	const u8 *bssid;
2440 	const u8 *ie;
2441 	size_t ie_len;
2442 	u16 reason_code;
2443 	bool local_state_change;
2444 };
2445 
2446 /**
2447  * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
2448  *
2449  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2450  * disassociation.
2451  *
2452  * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
2453  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
2454  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2455  * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
2456  * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
2457  *	Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
2458  */
2459 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
2460 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2461 	const u8 *ie;
2462 	size_t ie_len;
2463 	u16 reason_code;
2464 	bool local_state_change;
2465 };
2466 
2467 /**
2468  * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
2469  *
2470  * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
2471  * method.
2472  *
2473  * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
2474  * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
2475  * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
2476  *	search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
2477  * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
2478  * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
2479  *	IBSSs to join on other channels.
2480  * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
2481  * @ie_len: length of that
2482  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2483  * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
2484  *	after joining
2485  * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
2486  *	sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
2487  *	required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
2488  *	user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
2489  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2490  *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2491  * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2492  *	changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2493  *	to operate on DFS channels.
2494  * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
2495  * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2496  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2497  *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2498  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2499  * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
2500  *	CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
2501  * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
2502  */
2503 struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
2504 	const u8 *ssid;
2505 	const u8 *bssid;
2506 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2507 	const u8 *ie;
2508 	u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
2509 	u16 beacon_interval;
2510 	u32 basic_rates;
2511 	bool channel_fixed;
2512 	bool privacy;
2513 	bool control_port;
2514 	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
2515 	bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2516 	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2517 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2518 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2519 	struct key_params *wep_keys;
2520 	int wep_tx_key;
2521 };
2522 
2523 /**
2524  * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
2525  *
2526  * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
2527  * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
2528  * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
2529  * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
2530  */
2531 struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
2532 	enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
2533 	union {
2534 		enum nl80211_band band_pref;
2535 		struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
2536 	} param;
2537 };
2538 
2539 /**
2540  * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
2541  *
2542  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2543  * authentication and association.
2544  *
2545  * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
2546  *	on scan results)
2547  * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
2548  *	%NULL if not specified
2549  * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
2550  *	results)
2551  * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
2552  *	%NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
2553  *	allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
2554  *	to use.
2555  * @ssid: SSID
2556  * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
2557  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2558  * @ie: IEs for association request
2559  * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
2560  * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
2561  * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
2562  * @crypto: crypto settings
2563  * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2564  * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2565  * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2566  * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2567  * @bg_scan_period:  Background scan period in seconds
2568  *	or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
2569  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2570  *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2571  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2572  * @vht_capa:  VHT Capability overrides
2573  * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
2574  * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
2575  *	networks.
2576  * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
2577  * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2578  *	to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2579  *	do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2580  *	the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2581  *	included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2582  *	frame.
2583  * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
2584  *	NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
2585  *	data IE.
2586  * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
2587  * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
2588  *	%NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
2589  *	is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2590  * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
2591  * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
2592  *	messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2593  * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
2594  *	keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
2595  * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
2596  * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
2597  *	offload of 4-way handshake.
2598  * @edmg: define the EDMG channels.
2599  *	This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver
2600  *	to choose from, based on BSS configuration.
2601  */
2602 struct cfg80211_connect_params {
2603 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2604 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
2605 	const u8 *bssid;
2606 	const u8 *bssid_hint;
2607 	const u8 *ssid;
2608 	size_t ssid_len;
2609 	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2610 	const u8 *ie;
2611 	size_t ie_len;
2612 	bool privacy;
2613 	enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
2614 	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2615 	const u8 *key;
2616 	u8 key_len, key_idx;
2617 	u32 flags;
2618 	int bg_scan_period;
2619 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2620 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2621 	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
2622 	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
2623 	bool pbss;
2624 	struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
2625 	const u8 *prev_bssid;
2626 	const u8 *fils_erp_username;
2627 	size_t fils_erp_username_len;
2628 	const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
2629 	size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
2630 	u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
2631 	const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
2632 	size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
2633 	bool want_1x;
2634 	struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
2635 };
2636 
2637 /**
2638  * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
2639  *
2640  * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
2641  * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
2642  *
2643  * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
2644  * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
2645  *	username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
2646  * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
2647  */
2648 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
2649 	UPDATE_ASSOC_IES		= BIT(0),
2650 	UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO		= BIT(1),
2651 	UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE		= BIT(2),
2652 };
2653 
2654 /**
2655  * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
2656  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
2657  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
2658  * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
2659  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
2660  * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
2661  * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
2662  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
2663  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
2664  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
2665  */
2666 enum wiphy_params_flags {
2667 	WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT		= 1 << 0,
2668 	WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG		= 1 << 1,
2669 	WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD	= 1 << 2,
2670 	WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD	= 1 << 3,
2671 	WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS	= 1 << 4,
2672 	WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK		= 1 << 5,
2673 	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT		= 1 << 6,
2674 	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT	= 1 << 7,
2675 	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM		= 1 << 8,
2676 };
2677 
2678 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT	256
2679 
2680 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */
2681 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L	5000
2682 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H	12000
2683 
2684 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */
2685 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD			24000
2686 
2687 /**
2688  * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
2689  *
2690  * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
2691  * caching.
2692  *
2693  * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
2694  * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2695  * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
2696  *	derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
2697  * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
2698  *	the hash algorithm used to generate this.
2699  * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
2700  *	cache identifier (may be %NULL).
2701  * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
2702  * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
2703  *	scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
2704  *	%NULL).
2705  * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds
2706  *	(dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified.
2707  *	The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after
2708  *	expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on
2709  *	expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK
2710  *	used for it expires.
2711  * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of
2712  *	PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified.
2713  *	Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using
2714  *	this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this
2715  *	threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires.
2716  */
2717 struct cfg80211_pmksa {
2718 	const u8 *bssid;
2719 	const u8 *pmkid;
2720 	const u8 *pmk;
2721 	size_t pmk_len;
2722 	const u8 *ssid;
2723 	size_t ssid_len;
2724 	const u8 *cache_id;
2725 	u32 pmk_lifetime;
2726 	u8 pmk_reauth_threshold;
2727 };
2728 
2729 /**
2730  * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
2731  * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
2732  *	one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
2733  * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
2734  * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
2735  * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
2736  *
2737  * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
2738  * memory, free @mask only!
2739  */
2740 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
2741 	const u8 *mask, *pattern;
2742 	int pattern_len;
2743 	int pkt_offset;
2744 };
2745 
2746 /**
2747  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
2748  *
2749  * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
2750  * @src: source IP address
2751  * @dst: destination IP address
2752  * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
2753  * @src_port: source port
2754  * @dst_port: destination port
2755  * @payload_len: data payload length
2756  * @payload: data payload buffer
2757  * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
2758  * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
2759  * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
2760  * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
2761  * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
2762  * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
2763  * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
2764  */
2765 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
2766 	struct socket *sock;
2767 	__be32 src, dst;
2768 	u16 src_port, dst_port;
2769 	u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
2770 	int payload_len;
2771 	const u8 *payload;
2772 	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
2773 	u32 data_interval;
2774 	u32 wake_len;
2775 	const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
2776 	u32 tokens_size;
2777 	/* must be last, variable member */
2778 	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
2779 };
2780 
2781 /**
2782  * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
2783  *
2784  * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
2785  * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
2786  *	operating as normal during suspend
2787  * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
2788  * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
2789  * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
2790  * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2791  * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
2792  * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
2793  * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
2794  * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
2795  * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
2796  *	NULL if not configured.
2797  * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
2798  */
2799 struct cfg80211_wowlan {
2800 	bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2801 	     eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2802 	     rfkill_release;
2803 	struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2804 	struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
2805 	int n_patterns;
2806 	struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
2807 };
2808 
2809 /**
2810  * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
2811  *
2812  * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
2813  * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
2814  * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
2815  *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
2816  * @patterns: array of packet patterns
2817  * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2818  */
2819 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
2820 	int delay;
2821 	enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
2822 	struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2823 	int n_patterns;
2824 };
2825 
2826 /**
2827  * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
2828  *
2829  * This structure defines coalescing settings.
2830  * @rules: array of coalesce rules
2831  * @n_rules: number of rules
2832  */
2833 struct cfg80211_coalesce {
2834 	struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
2835 	int n_rules;
2836 };
2837 
2838 /**
2839  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
2840  *
2841  * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
2842  * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred.  This
2843  *	value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
2844  * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
2845  *	occurred (in MHz)
2846  */
2847 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
2848 	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2849 	int n_channels;
2850 	u32 channels[];
2851 };
2852 
2853 /**
2854  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
2855  *
2856  * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
2857  *	@matches.  This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
2858  *	match information.
2859  * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
2860  *	the matches that triggered the wake up.
2861  */
2862 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
2863 	int n_matches;
2864 	struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
2865 };
2866 
2867 /**
2868  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
2869  * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
2870  * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
2871  * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
2872  * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
2873  * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
2874  * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
2875  * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
2876  * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
2877  * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
2878  * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
2879  * @packet_80211:  For pattern match, magic packet and other data
2880  *	frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
2881  *	disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
2882  *	it is.
2883  * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
2884  * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
2885  * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
2886  * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
2887  */
2888 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
2889 	bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2890 	     eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2891 	     rfkill_release, packet_80211,
2892 	     tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
2893 	s32 pattern_idx;
2894 	u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
2895 	const void *packet;
2896 	struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
2897 };
2898 
2899 /**
2900  * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
2901  * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes)
2902  * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes)
2903  * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
2904  */
2905 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
2906 	const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
2907 };
2908 
2909 /**
2910  * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
2911  *
2912  * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
2913  *
2914  * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
2915  * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
2916  * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
2917  */
2918 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
2919 	u16 md;
2920 	const u8 *ie;
2921 	size_t ie_len;
2922 };
2923 
2924 /**
2925  * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
2926  *
2927  * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
2928  *
2929  * @chan: channel to use
2930  * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
2931  * @wait: duration for ROC
2932  * @buf: buffer to transmit
2933  * @len: buffer length
2934  * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
2935  * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
2936  * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
2937  * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
2938  */
2939 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
2940 	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2941 	bool offchan;
2942 	unsigned int wait;
2943 	const u8 *buf;
2944 	size_t len;
2945 	bool no_cck;
2946 	bool dont_wait_for_ack;
2947 	int n_csa_offsets;
2948 	const u16 *csa_offsets;
2949 };
2950 
2951 /**
2952  * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
2953  *
2954  * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
2955  * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
2956  */
2957 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
2958 	u8 dscp;
2959 	u8 up;
2960 };
2961 
2962 /**
2963  * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
2964  *
2965  * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2966  * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2967  */
2968 struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
2969 	u8 low;
2970 	u8 high;
2971 };
2972 
2973 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
2974 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX	21
2975 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN	16
2976 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
2977 	(IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
2978 
2979 /**
2980  * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
2981  *
2982  * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
2983  *
2984  * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
2985  * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
2986  *	the user priority DSCP range definition
2987  * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
2988  */
2989 struct cfg80211_qos_map {
2990 	u8 num_des;
2991 	struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
2992 	struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
2993 };
2994 
2995 /**
2996  * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
2997  *
2998  * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
2999  *
3000  * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
3001  * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
3002  *	For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
3003  *	(i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
3004  */
3005 struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
3006 	u8 master_pref;
3007 	u8 bands;
3008 };
3009 
3010 /**
3011  * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
3012  * configuration
3013  *
3014  * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
3015  * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
3016  */
3017 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
3018 	CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
3019 	CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
3020 };
3021 
3022 /**
3023  * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
3024  *
3025  * @filter: the content of the filter
3026  * @len: the length of the filter
3027  */
3028 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
3029 	const u8 *filter;
3030 	u8 len;
3031 };
3032 
3033 /**
3034  * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
3035  *
3036  * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
3037  * @service_id: the service ID of the function
3038  * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
3039  * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
3040  *	implementation specific.
3041  * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
3042  * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
3043  * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
3044  * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
3045  * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
3046  * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
3047  * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
3048  * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
3049  * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
3050  * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
3051  * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
3052  * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
3053  * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
3054  * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
3055  * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
3056  * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
3057  * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
3058  * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
3059  * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
3060  * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
3061  */
3062 struct cfg80211_nan_func {
3063 	enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
3064 	u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
3065 	u8 publish_type;
3066 	bool close_range;
3067 	bool publish_bcast;
3068 	bool subscribe_active;
3069 	u8 followup_id;
3070 	u8 followup_reqid;
3071 	struct mac_address followup_dest;
3072 	u32 ttl;
3073 	const u8 *serv_spec_info;
3074 	u8 serv_spec_info_len;
3075 	bool srf_include;
3076 	const u8 *srf_bf;
3077 	u8 srf_bf_len;
3078 	u8 srf_bf_idx;
3079 	struct mac_address *srf_macs;
3080 	int srf_num_macs;
3081 	struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
3082 	struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
3083 	u8 num_tx_filters;
3084 	u8 num_rx_filters;
3085 	u8 instance_id;
3086 	u64 cookie;
3087 };
3088 
3089 /**
3090  * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
3091  *
3092  * @aa: authenticator address
3093  * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
3094  * @pmk: the PMK material
3095  * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
3096  *	is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
3097  *	holds PMK-R0.
3098  */
3099 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
3100 	const u8 *aa;
3101 	u8 pmk_len;
3102 	const u8 *pmk;
3103 	const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
3104 };
3105 
3106 /**
3107  * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
3108  *
3109  * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
3110  *
3111  * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
3112  *	for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
3113  * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
3114  *	to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
3115  *	authentication response command interface.
3116  * @ssid: SSID of the AP.  Used by both the authentication request event and
3117  *	authentication response command interface.
3118  * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
3119  *	authentication request event interface.
3120  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
3121  *	use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
3122  *	the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
3123  *	response command interface (user space to driver).
3124  * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
3125  */
3126 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
3127 	enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
3128 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3129 	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
3130 	unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
3131 	u16 status;
3132 	const u8 *pmkid;
3133 };
3134 
3135 /**
3136  * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
3137  *
3138  * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
3139  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
3140  * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
3141  *	answered
3142  * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
3143  *	successfully answered
3144  * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
3145  * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
3146  * @non_asap_num: number of  non-ASAP FTM sessions
3147  * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
3148  *	of how much time the responder was busy
3149  * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
3150  *	initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
3151  *	the responder
3152  * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
3153  *	for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
3154  * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
3155  */
3156 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats {
3157 	u32 filled;
3158 	u32 success_num;
3159 	u32 partial_num;
3160 	u32 failed_num;
3161 	u32 asap_num;
3162 	u32 non_asap_num;
3163 	u64 total_duration_ms;
3164 	u32 unknown_triggers_num;
3165 	u32 reschedule_requests_num;
3166 	u32 out_of_window_triggers_num;
3167 };
3168 
3169 /**
3170  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
3171  * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
3172  *	%NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
3173  *	reason than just "failure"
3174  * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
3175  *	in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
3176  * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
3177  * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
3178  * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
3179  *	fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
3180  *	by the responder
3181  * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
3182  * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
3183  * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
3184  * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
3185  * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
3186  * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
3187  * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
3188  * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3189  * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3190  * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
3191  * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
3192  * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
3193  * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
3194  *	the square root of the variance)
3195  * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
3196  * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
3197  *	(must have either this or @rtt_avg)
3198  * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
3199  * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
3200  * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
3201  * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
3202  * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
3203  * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
3204  * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
3205  * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
3206  * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
3207  * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
3208  * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
3209  * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
3210  * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
3211  * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
3212  */
3213 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result {
3214 	const u8 *lci;
3215 	const u8 *civicloc;
3216 	unsigned int lci_len;
3217 	unsigned int civicloc_len;
3218 	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason;
3219 	u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes;
3220 	s16 burst_index;
3221 	u8 busy_retry_time;
3222 	u8 num_bursts_exp;
3223 	u8 burst_duration;
3224 	u8 ftms_per_burst;
3225 	s32 rssi_avg;
3226 	s32 rssi_spread;
3227 	struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate;
3228 	s64 rtt_avg;
3229 	s64 rtt_variance;
3230 	s64 rtt_spread;
3231 	s64 dist_avg;
3232 	s64 dist_variance;
3233 	s64 dist_spread;
3234 
3235 	u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1,
3236 	    num_ftmr_successes_valid:1,
3237 	    rssi_avg_valid:1,
3238 	    rssi_spread_valid:1,
3239 	    tx_rate_valid:1,
3240 	    rx_rate_valid:1,
3241 	    rtt_avg_valid:1,
3242 	    rtt_variance_valid:1,
3243 	    rtt_spread_valid:1,
3244 	    dist_avg_valid:1,
3245 	    dist_variance_valid:1,
3246 	    dist_spread_valid:1;
3247 };
3248 
3249 /**
3250  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
3251  * @addr: address of the peer
3252  * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
3253  *	measurement was made)
3254  * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
3255  * @status: status of the measurement
3256  * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
3257  *	reporting partial results always set this flag
3258  * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
3259  * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
3260  *	one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
3261  *	they're all aggregated for userspace.
3262  */
3263 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result {
3264 	u64 host_time, ap_tsf;
3265 	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status;
3266 
3267 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3268 
3269 	u8 final:1,
3270 	   ap_tsf_valid:1;
3271 
3272 	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type;
3273 
3274 	union {
3275 		struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm;
3276 	};
3277 };
3278 
3279 /**
3280  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
3281  * @requested: indicates FTM is requested
3282  * @preamble: frame preamble to use
3283  * @burst_period: burst period to use
3284  * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
3285  * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
3286  * @burst_duration: burst duration
3287  * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
3288  * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
3289  * @request_lci: request LCI information
3290  * @request_civicloc: request civic location information
3291  * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement
3292  *		 If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
3293  *		 EDCA based ranging will be used.
3294  * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement
3295  *		 If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
3296  *		 EDCA based ranging will be used.
3297  *
3298  * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
3299  */
3300 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer {
3301 	enum nl80211_preamble preamble;
3302 	u16 burst_period;
3303 	u8 requested:1,
3304 	   asap:1,
3305 	   request_lci:1,
3306 	   request_civicloc:1,
3307 	   trigger_based:1,
3308 	   non_trigger_based:1;
3309 	u8 num_bursts_exp;
3310 	u8 burst_duration;
3311 	u8 ftms_per_burst;
3312 	u8 ftmr_retries;
3313 };
3314 
3315 /**
3316  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
3317  * @addr: MAC address
3318  * @chandef: channel to use
3319  * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
3320  * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
3321  */
3322 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer {
3323 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3324 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
3325 	u8 report_ap_tsf:1;
3326 	struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm;
3327 };
3328 
3329 /**
3330  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
3331  * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
3332  * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
3333  * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
3334  *	not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
3335  * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
3336  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
3337  *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
3338  *	be taken from the @mac_addr
3339  * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
3340  * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
3341  *	zero it means there's no timeout
3342  * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
3343  * @peers: per-peer measurement request data
3344  */
3345 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request {
3346 	u64 cookie;
3347 	void *drv_data;
3348 	u32 n_peers;
3349 	u32 nl_portid;
3350 
3351 	u32 timeout;
3352 
3353 	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3354 	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3355 
3356 	struct list_head list;
3357 
3358 	struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[];
3359 };
3360 
3361 /**
3362  * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information
3363  *
3364  * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE
3365  * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space.
3366  *
3367  * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces.
3368  *
3369  * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing
3370  *	has to be done.
3371  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info
3372  *	processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space
3373  *	cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for
3374  *	OWE update request command interface (user space to driver).
3375  * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are
3376  *	the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and
3377  *	the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface.
3378  * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets.
3379  */
3380 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info {
3381 	u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3382 	u16 status;
3383 	const u8 *ie;
3384 	size_t ie_len;
3385 };
3386 
3387 /**
3388  * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
3389  *
3390  * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
3391  * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
3392  *
3393  * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
3394  * on success or a negative error code.
3395  *
3396  * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the
3397  * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this
3398  * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext.
3399  *
3400  * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
3401  *	be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
3402  *	configured for the device.
3403  * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
3404  * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
3405  *	to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
3406  *	the device.
3407  *
3408  * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
3409  *	must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
3410  *	the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
3411  *	wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
3412  *	also set the address member in the wdev.
3413  *
3414  * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
3415  *
3416  * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
3417  *	keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
3418  *
3419  * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
3420  *	when adding a group key.
3421  *
3422  * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
3423  *	@mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
3424  *	key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
3425  *	after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
3426  *	not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
3427  *
3428  * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
3429  *	and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
3430  *
3431  * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
3432  *
3433  * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
3434  *
3435  * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface
3436  *
3437  * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
3438  *
3439  * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
3440  * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
3441  *	interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
3442  * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
3443  *
3444  * @add_station: Add a new station.
3445  * @del_station: Remove a station
3446  * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
3447  *	validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
3448  *	might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
3449  *	them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
3450  *	cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
3451  * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
3452  * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3453  *
3454  * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
3455  * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
3456  * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
3457  * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
3458  * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3459  * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
3460  * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3461  * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
3462  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3463  * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
3464  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3465  *
3466  * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
3467  *
3468  * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
3469  *	The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
3470  *	set, and which to leave alone.
3471  *
3472  * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
3473  *
3474  * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
3475  *
3476  * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
3477  *	as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
3478  *	join the mesh instead.
3479  *
3480  * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
3481  *	interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
3482  *	If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
3483  *	be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
3484  *
3485  * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
3486  *	the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
3487  *	For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
3488  *	the scan/scan_done bracket too.
3489  * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
3490  *	indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
3491  *
3492  * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
3493  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3494  * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
3495  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3496  * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
3497  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3498  * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
3499  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3500  *
3501  * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
3502  *	call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
3503  *	%WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
3504  *	cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
3505  *	from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
3506  *	was received.
3507  *	The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
3508  *	other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
3509  *	by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
3510  *	the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
3511  *	frame instead of Association Request frame.
3512  *	The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
3513  *	specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
3514  *	parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
3515  *	indication of requesting reassociation.
3516  *	In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
3517  *	cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
3518  *	cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3519  * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
3520  *	BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
3521  *	subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
3522  *	Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
3523  *	request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
3524  *	BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
3525  *	changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
3526  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3527  * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
3528  *      connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
3529  *      case connection was already established (invoked with the
3530  *      wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
3531  *
3532  * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
3533  *	cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
3534  *	to a merge.
3535  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3536  * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
3537  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3538  *
3539  * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
3540  *	MESH mode)
3541  *
3542  * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
3543  *	@changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
3544  *	have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
3545  *	struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
3546  *
3547  * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
3548  *	the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
3549  *	wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
3550  *	always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
3551  *	(as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
3552  * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
3553  *	return 0 if successful
3554  *
3555  * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface
3556  *
3557  * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
3558  *	functions to adjust rfkill hw state
3559  *
3560  * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
3561  *
3562  * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
3563  *	channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
3564  *	operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
3565  *	ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
3566  *	notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
3567  * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
3568  *	This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
3569  *	the duration value.
3570  * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
3571  * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
3572  *	frame on another channel
3573  *
3574  * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
3575  * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
3576  *	used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
3577  *	return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
3578  *	dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
3579  *	was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
3580  *	and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
3581  *
3582  * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
3583  *
3584  * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
3585  *	devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
3586  *	RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
3587  * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
3588  * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
3589  * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
3590  *	allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
3591  * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
3592  *	After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
3593  *	the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
3594  *	need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
3595  *	disabled.)
3596  * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
3597  *	connection quality monitor.  An event is to be sent only when the
3598  *	signal level is found to be outside the two values.  The driver should
3599  *	set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
3600  *	If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
3601  * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
3602  *	thresholds.
3603  * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
3604  * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
3605  *	given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
3606  *	for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
3607  *	called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
3608  *	The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
3609  *	stop (when this method returns 0).
3610  *
3611  * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was
3612  *	registered. The callback is allowed to sleep.
3613  *
3614  * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3615  *	Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3616  *	reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3617  *	(also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3618  *
3619  * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
3620  *
3621  * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
3622  * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
3623  *
3624  * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
3625  *	later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
3626  *
3627  * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
3628  *
3629  * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
3630  *	For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
3631  *	current monitoring channel.
3632  *
3633  * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
3634  * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
3635  *
3636  * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
3637  *	Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
3638  *	and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
3639  *	this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
3640  *	when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
3641  *	advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
3642  *
3643  * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
3644  *
3645  * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC
3646  *	was finished on another phy.
3647  *
3648  * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
3649  *	driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
3650  *	used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
3651  *
3652  * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
3653  *	for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
3654  *	driver can take the most appropriate actions.
3655  * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
3656  *	reliability. This operation can not fail.
3657  * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
3658  *
3659  * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
3660  *	responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
3661  *	inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
3662  *	with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
3663  *	everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
3664  *	as soon as possible.
3665  *
3666  * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
3667  *
3668  * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
3669  *	given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
3670  *	changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
3671  *
3672  * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
3673  *	with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
3674  *	userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
3675  *	account.
3676  *	If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
3677  *	the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
3678  *	success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
3679  *	with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
3680  *	rejected)
3681  * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
3682  *
3683  * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
3684  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3685  * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
3686  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3687  *
3688  * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3689  *	is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3690  *	and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
3691  * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3692  *	peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
3693  * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
3694  * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
3695  * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
3696  *	On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
3697  *	it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
3698  *	should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
3699  *	cfg80211_free_nan_func().
3700  *	On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
3701  *	provided @nan_func.
3702  * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
3703  * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
3704  *	be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
3705  *	All other parameters must be ignored.
3706  *
3707  * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
3708  *
3709  * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
3710  *      function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
3711  *
3712  * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
3713  *	If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
3714  *	upon which the driver should clear it.
3715  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3716  * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
3717  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3718  *
3719  * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
3720  *     user space
3721  *
3722  * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL).  The noencrypt parameter
3723  *	tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
3724  *
3725  * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3726  *	Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
3727  * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
3728  * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
3729  *
3730  * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME
3731  *	but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated
3732  *	DH IE through this interface.
3733  *
3734  * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame
3735  *	and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm.
3736  * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific
3737  *	This callback may sleep.
3738  * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the
3739  *	given TIDs. This callback may sleep.
3740  */
3741 struct cfg80211_ops {
3742 	int	(*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
3743 	int	(*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3744 	void	(*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
3745 
3746 	struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3747 						  const char *name,
3748 						  unsigned char name_assign_type,
3749 						  enum nl80211_iftype type,
3750 						  struct vif_params *params);
3751 	int	(*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3752 				    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3753 	int	(*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3754 				       struct net_device *dev,
3755 				       enum nl80211_iftype type,
3756 				       struct vif_params *params);
3757 
3758 	int	(*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3759 			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3760 			   struct key_params *params);
3761 	int	(*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3762 			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3763 			   void *cookie,
3764 			   void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
3765 	int	(*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3766 			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr);
3767 	int	(*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3768 				   struct net_device *netdev,
3769 				   u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
3770 	int	(*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3771 					struct net_device *netdev,
3772 					u8 key_index);
3773 	int	(*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3774 					  struct net_device *netdev,
3775 					  u8 key_index);
3776 
3777 	int	(*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3778 			    struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
3779 	int	(*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3780 				 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
3781 	int	(*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3782 
3783 
3784 	int	(*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3785 			       const u8 *mac,
3786 			       struct station_parameters *params);
3787 	int	(*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3788 			       struct station_del_parameters *params);
3789 	int	(*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3790 				  const u8 *mac,
3791 				  struct station_parameters *params);
3792 	int	(*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3793 			       const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3794 	int	(*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3795 				int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3796 
3797 	int	(*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3798 			       const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3799 	int	(*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3800 			       const u8 *dst);
3801 	int	(*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3802 				  const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3803 	int	(*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3804 			     u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3805 	int	(*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3806 			      int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
3807 			      struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3808 	int	(*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3809 			   u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3810 	int	(*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3811 			    int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
3812 			    struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3813 	int	(*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3814 				struct net_device *dev,
3815 				struct mesh_config *conf);
3816 	int	(*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3817 				      struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
3818 				      const struct mesh_config *nconf);
3819 	int	(*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3820 			     const struct mesh_config *conf,
3821 			     const struct mesh_setup *setup);
3822 	int	(*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3823 
3824 	int	(*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3825 			    struct ocb_setup *setup);
3826 	int	(*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3827 
3828 	int	(*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3829 			      struct bss_parameters *params);
3830 
3831 	int	(*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3832 				  struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
3833 
3834 	int	(*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3835 					     struct net_device *dev,
3836 					     struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
3837 
3838 	int	(*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3839 				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3840 
3841 	int	(*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3842 			struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
3843 	void	(*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3844 
3845 	int	(*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3846 			struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
3847 	int	(*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3848 			 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
3849 	int	(*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3850 			  struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
3851 	int	(*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3852 			    struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
3853 
3854 	int	(*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3855 			   struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
3856 	int	(*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3857 					 struct net_device *dev,
3858 					 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
3859 					 u32 changed);
3860 	int	(*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3861 			      u16 reason_code);
3862 
3863 	int	(*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3864 			     struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
3865 	int	(*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3866 
3867 	int	(*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3868 				  int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
3869 
3870 	int	(*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
3871 
3872 	int	(*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3873 				enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
3874 	int	(*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3875 				int *dbm);
3876 
3877 	int	(*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3878 				const u8 *addr);
3879 
3880 	void	(*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3881 
3882 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
3883 	int	(*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3884 				void *data, int len);
3885 	int	(*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
3886 				 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3887 				 void *data, int len);
3888 #endif
3889 
3890 	int	(*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3891 				    struct net_device *dev,
3892 				    const u8 *peer,
3893 				    const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
3894 
3895 	int	(*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3896 			int idx, struct survey_info *info);
3897 
3898 	int	(*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3899 			     struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3900 	int	(*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3901 			     struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3902 	int	(*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
3903 
3904 	int	(*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3905 				     struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3906 				     struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
3907 				     unsigned int duration,
3908 				     u64 *cookie);
3909 	int	(*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3910 					    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3911 					    u64 cookie);
3912 
3913 	int	(*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3914 			   struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
3915 			   u64 *cookie);
3916 	int	(*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3917 				       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3918 				       u64 cookie);
3919 
3920 	int	(*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3921 				  bool enabled, int timeout);
3922 
3923 	int	(*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3924 				       struct net_device *dev,
3925 				       s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
3926 
3927 	int	(*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3928 					     struct net_device *dev,
3929 					     s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
3930 
3931 	int	(*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3932 				      struct net_device *dev,
3933 				      u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
3934 
3935 	void	(*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3936 				       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3937 				       u16 frame_type, bool reg);
3938 
3939 	int	(*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3940 	int	(*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
3941 
3942 	int	(*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3943 				struct net_device *dev,
3944 				struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
3945 	int	(*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3946 				   u64 reqid);
3947 
3948 	int	(*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3949 				  struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
3950 
3951 	int	(*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3952 			     const u8 *peer, u8 action_code,  u8 dialog_token,
3953 			     u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability,
3954 			     bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3955 	int	(*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3956 			     const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
3957 
3958 	int	(*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3959 				const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
3960 
3961 	int	(*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3962 				  struct net_device *dev,
3963 				  u16 noack_map);
3964 
3965 	int	(*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3966 			       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3967 			       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3968 
3969 	int	(*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3970 				    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3971 	void	(*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3972 				   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3973 
3974 	int	(*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3975 			       const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
3976 
3977 	int	(*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3978 					 struct net_device *dev,
3979 					 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
3980 					 u32 cac_time_ms);
3981 	void	(*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3982 				struct net_device *dev);
3983 	int	(*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3984 				 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
3985 	int	(*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3986 				    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3987 				    enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
3988 				    u16 duration);
3989 	void	(*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3990 				   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3991 	int	(*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3992 				struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
3993 
3994 	int	(*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3995 				  struct net_device *dev,
3996 				  struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
3997 
3998 	int     (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3999 			       struct net_device *dev,
4000 			       struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
4001 
4002 	int	(*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4003 				    struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4004 
4005 	int	(*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4006 			     u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
4007 			     u16 admitted_time);
4008 	int	(*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4009 			     u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
4010 
4011 	int	(*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4012 				       struct net_device *dev,
4013 				       const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
4014 				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4015 	void	(*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4016 					      struct net_device *dev,
4017 					      const u8 *addr);
4018 	int	(*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4019 			     struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
4020 	void	(*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4021 	int	(*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4022 				struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
4023 	void	(*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4024 			       u64 cookie);
4025 	int	(*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4026 				   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4027 				   struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
4028 				   u32 changes);
4029 
4030 	int	(*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4031 					    struct net_device *dev,
4032 					    const bool enabled);
4033 
4034 	int	(*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4035 				 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4036 				 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats);
4037 
4038 	int	(*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4039 			   const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
4040 	int	(*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4041 			   const u8 *aa);
4042 	int     (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4043 				 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
4044 
4045 	int	(*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4046 				   struct net_device *dev,
4047 				   const u8 *buf, size_t len,
4048 				   const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
4049 				   const bool noencrypt);
4050 
4051 	int	(*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4052 				struct net_device *dev,
4053 				struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
4054 
4055 	int	(*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4056 			      struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4057 	void	(*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4058 			      struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4059 	int	(*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4060 				   struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info);
4061 	int	(*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4062 				   const u8 *buf, size_t len);
4063 	int     (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4064 				  struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf);
4065 	int	(*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4066 				    const u8 *peer, u8 tids);
4067 };
4068 
4069 /*
4070  * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
4071  * and registration/helper functions
4072  */
4073 
4074 /**
4075  * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
4076  *
4077  * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
4078  *	wiphy at all
4079  * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
4080  *	by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
4081  *	on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
4082  *	reason to override the default
4083  * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
4084  *	on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of
4085  *	supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype.
4086  * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
4087  * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
4088  *	control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
4089  *	control_port_no_encrypt flag.
4090  * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
4091  * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
4092  *	auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
4093  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
4094  *	firmware.
4095  * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
4096  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
4097  * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
4098  *	link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
4099  *	teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
4100  *	command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
4101  *	used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
4102  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
4103  * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
4104  *	when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
4105  *	cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
4106  * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
4107  *	responds to probe-requests in hardware.
4108  * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
4109  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
4110  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
4111  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
4112  *	beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
4113  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation
4114  *	before connection.
4115  */
4116 enum wiphy_flags {
4117 	/* use hole at 0 */
4118 	/* use hole at 1 */
4119 	/* use hole at 2 */
4120 	WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK			= BIT(3),
4121 	WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT		= BIT(4),
4122 	WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP			= BIT(5),
4123 	WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION		= BIT(6),
4124 	WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL	= BIT(7),
4125 	WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN			= BIT(8),
4126 	WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH			= BIT(10),
4127 	/* use hole at 11 */
4128 	/* use hole at 12 */
4129 	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM		= BIT(13),
4130 	WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD			= BIT(14),
4131 	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS		= BIT(15),
4132 	WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP		= BIT(16),
4133 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME			= BIT(17),
4134 	WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS			= BIT(18),
4135 	WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD	= BIT(19),
4136 	WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX			= BIT(20),
4137 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL	= BIT(21),
4138 	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ		= BIT(22),
4139 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= BIT(23),
4140 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP		= BIT(24),
4141 };
4142 
4143 /**
4144  * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
4145  * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
4146  * @types: interface types (bits)
4147  */
4148 struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
4149 	u16 max;
4150 	u16 types;
4151 };
4152 
4153 /**
4154  * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
4155  *
4156  * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
4157  * combinations it supports concurrently.
4158  *
4159  * Examples:
4160  *
4161  * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
4162  *
4163  *    .. code-block:: c
4164  *
4165  *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
4166  *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4167  *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
4168  *	};
4169  *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
4170  *		.limits = limits1,
4171  *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
4172  *		.max_interfaces = 2,
4173  *		.beacon_int_infra_match = true,
4174  *	};
4175  *
4176  *
4177  * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
4178  *
4179  *    .. code-block:: c
4180  *
4181  *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
4182  *		{ .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
4183  *				     BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
4184  *	};
4185  *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
4186  *		.limits = limits2,
4187  *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
4188  *		.max_interfaces = 8,
4189  *		.num_different_channels = 1,
4190  *	};
4191  *
4192  *
4193  * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
4194  *
4195  *    This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
4196  *
4197  *    .. code-block:: c
4198  *
4199  *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
4200  *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4201  *		{ .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
4202  *				     BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
4203  *	};
4204  *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
4205  *		.limits = limits3,
4206  *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
4207  *		.max_interfaces = 4,
4208  *		.num_different_channels = 2,
4209  *	};
4210  *
4211  */
4212 struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
4213 	/**
4214 	 * @limits:
4215 	 * limits for the given interface types
4216 	 */
4217 	const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
4218 
4219 	/**
4220 	 * @num_different_channels:
4221 	 * can use up to this many different channels
4222 	 */
4223 	u32 num_different_channels;
4224 
4225 	/**
4226 	 * @max_interfaces:
4227 	 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
4228 	 */
4229 	u16 max_interfaces;
4230 
4231 	/**
4232 	 * @n_limits:
4233 	 * number of limitations
4234 	 */
4235 	u8 n_limits;
4236 
4237 	/**
4238 	 * @beacon_int_infra_match:
4239 	 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
4240 	 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
4241 	 */
4242 	bool beacon_int_infra_match;
4243 
4244 	/**
4245 	 * @radar_detect_widths:
4246 	 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
4247 	 */
4248 	u8 radar_detect_widths;
4249 
4250 	/**
4251 	 * @radar_detect_regions:
4252 	 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
4253 	 */
4254 	u8 radar_detect_regions;
4255 
4256 	/**
4257 	 * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
4258 	 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
4259 	 *
4260 	 * = 0
4261 	 *   all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
4262 	 * > 0
4263 	 *   any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
4264 	 *   GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
4265 	 *   combination must be greater or equal to this value.
4266 	 */
4267 	u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
4268 };
4269 
4270 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
4271 	u16 tx, rx;
4272 };
4273 
4274 /**
4275  * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
4276  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
4277  *	trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
4278  *	wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
4279  *	received packet that passed filtering; note that the
4280  *	packet should be preserved in that case
4281  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
4282  *	(see nl80211.h)
4283  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
4284  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
4285  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
4286  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
4287  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
4288  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
4289  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
4290  */
4291 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
4292 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY		= BIT(0),
4293 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT		= BIT(1),
4294 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT		= BIT(2),
4295 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY	= BIT(3),
4296 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE	= BIT(4),
4297 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ	= BIT(5),
4298 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE	= BIT(6),
4299 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE	= BIT(7),
4300 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT		= BIT(8),
4301 };
4302 
4303 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
4304 	const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
4305 	u32 data_payload_max;
4306 	u32 data_interval_max;
4307 	u32 wake_payload_max;
4308 	bool seq;
4309 };
4310 
4311 /**
4312  * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
4313  * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
4314  * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
4315  *	(see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4316  * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4317  * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4318  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4319  * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
4320  *	similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
4321  *	scheduled scans.
4322  *	See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
4323  *	details.
4324  * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
4325  */
4326 struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
4327 	u32 flags;
4328 	int n_patterns;
4329 	int pattern_max_len;
4330 	int pattern_min_len;
4331 	int max_pkt_offset;
4332 	int max_nd_match_sets;
4333 	const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
4334 };
4335 
4336 /**
4337  * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
4338  * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
4339  * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4340  * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
4341  *	(see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4342  * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4343  * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4344  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4345  */
4346 struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
4347 	int n_rules;
4348 	int max_delay;
4349 	int n_patterns;
4350 	int pattern_max_len;
4351 	int pattern_min_len;
4352 	int max_pkt_offset;
4353 };
4354 
4355 /**
4356  * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
4357  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
4358  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
4359  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
4360  *	(must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
4361  */
4362 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
4363 	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
4364 	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
4365 	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
4366 };
4367 
4368 /**
4369  * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
4370  *
4371  * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
4372  * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
4373  * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
4374  *
4375  */
4376 enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
4377 	STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED	= BIT(0),
4378 	STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED	= BIT(1),
4379 	STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED		= BIT(2),
4380 };
4381 
4382 /**
4383  * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
4384  * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
4385  * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
4386  * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
4387  * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
4388  */
4389 
4390 struct sta_opmode_info {
4391 	u32 changed;
4392 	enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
4393 	enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
4394 	u8 rx_nss;
4395 };
4396 
4397 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA))
4398 
4399 /**
4400  * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
4401  * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
4402  * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
4403  * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
4404  *	flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
4405  *	pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
4406  * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
4407  *	@storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
4408  *	dumpit calls.
4409  * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
4410  *	Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the
4411  *	attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command).
4412  * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy
4413  * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
4414  * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
4415  * are used with dump requests.
4416  */
4417 struct wiphy_vendor_command {
4418 	struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
4419 	u32 flags;
4420 	int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4421 		    const void *data, int data_len);
4422 	int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4423 		      struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
4424 		      unsigned long *storage);
4425 	const struct nla_policy *policy;
4426 	unsigned int maxattr;
4427 };
4428 
4429 /**
4430  * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
4431  * @iftype: interface type
4432  * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4433  *	additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
4434  *	802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
4435  *	in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
4436  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
4437  * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4438  * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4439  */
4440 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
4441 	enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4442 	const u8 *extended_capabilities;
4443 	const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
4444 	u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4445 };
4446 
4447 /**
4448  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
4449  * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
4450  * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
4451  * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
4452  * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
4453  * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
4454  * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
4455  * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
4456  * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
4457  * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
4458  * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
4459  * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
4460  *	(set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
4461  *	forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
4462  * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
4463  *	not limited)
4464  * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported
4465  * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
4466  */
4467 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities {
4468 	unsigned int max_peers;
4469 	u8 report_ap_tsf:1,
4470 	   randomize_mac_addr:1;
4471 
4472 	struct {
4473 		u32 preambles;
4474 		u32 bandwidths;
4475 		s8 max_bursts_exponent;
4476 		u8 max_ftms_per_burst;
4477 		u8 supported:1,
4478 		   asap:1,
4479 		   non_asap:1,
4480 		   request_lci:1,
4481 		   request_civicloc:1,
4482 		   trigger_based:1,
4483 		   non_trigger_based:1;
4484 	} ftm;
4485 };
4486 
4487 /**
4488  * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm
4489  * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the
4490  * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites.
4491  *
4492  * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types
4493  * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites
4494  * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4495  */
4496 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites {
4497 	u16 iftypes_mask;
4498 	const u32 *akm_suites;
4499 	int n_akm_suites;
4500 };
4501 
4502 /**
4503  * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
4504  * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
4505  *	note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
4506  *	the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
4507  * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
4508  *	the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
4509  *	on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
4510  *	regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
4511  * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
4512  * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
4513  * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
4514  * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if
4515  *	the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in
4516  *	iftype_akm_suites.
4517  * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4518  * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type.
4519  *	Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot
4520  *	overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all
4521  *	instances of iftype_akm_suites).
4522  * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm
4523  *	suites are specified separately.
4524  * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
4525  * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
4526  * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
4527  *	-1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
4528  * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
4529  * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
4530  * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
4531  * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
4532  *	set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
4533  *	four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
4534  *	variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
4535  *	interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
4536  * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
4537  * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
4538  *	to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
4539  *	by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
4540  *	all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
4541  *	the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
4542  * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
4543  *	unregister hardware
4544  * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>).
4545  *	It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames
4546  * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in
4547  *	/sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev()
4548  *	(see below).
4549  * @wext: wireless extension handlers
4550  * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
4551  * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
4552  *	must be set by driver
4553  * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
4554  *	list single interface types.
4555  * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
4556  * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
4557  *	subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
4558  * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
4559  * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
4560  *	&enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
4561  * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
4562  * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
4563  *	&enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
4564  * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
4565  *	this variable determines its size
4566  * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
4567  *	any given scan
4568  * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
4569  *	the device can run concurrently.
4570  * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
4571  *	for in any given scheduled scan
4572  * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
4573  *	when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
4574  *	supported.
4575  * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
4576  *	add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
4577  *	include fixed IEs like supported rates
4578  * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
4579  *	scans
4580  * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
4581  *	of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
4582  * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
4583  *	single scan plan supported by the device.
4584  * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
4585  *	scan plan supported by the device.
4586  * @coverage_class: current coverage class
4587  * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
4588  * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
4589  * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
4590  * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
4591  *	wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
4592  * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
4593  *
4594  * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
4595  *	transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
4596  *	type
4597  *
4598  * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4599  *	configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4600  *	rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
4601  *
4602  * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4603  *	configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4604  *	rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
4605  *
4606  * @probe_resp_offload:
4607  *	 Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
4608  *	 See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4609  *	 when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4610  *
4611  * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
4612  *	may request, if implemented.
4613  *
4614  * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
4615  * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
4616  *	used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
4617  *	to the suspend() operation instead.
4618  *
4619  * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
4620  * @ht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
4621  *	If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4622  * @vht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
4623  *	If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4624  *
4625  * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
4626  *	not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
4627  *
4628  * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
4629  *	supports for ACL.
4630  *
4631  * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4632  *	additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
4633  *	the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
4634  *	and are in the same format as in the information element. See
4635  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
4636  *	extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
4637  *	for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
4638  * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4639  * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4640  * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
4641  * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
4642  *	capabilities are specified separately.
4643  * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
4644  *
4645  * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
4646  * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
4647  * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
4648  * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
4649  *
4650  * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
4651  *	(including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
4652  *	driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
4653  *	some cases, but may not always reach.
4654  *
4655  * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
4656  *	and probe responses.  This value should be set if the driver
4657  *	wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
4658  *	infinite.
4659  * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
4660  *	by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
4661  *	attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
4662  *
4663  * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
4664  *	bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.  For instance, for
4665  *	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
4666  *	(i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
4667  *
4668  * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
4669  * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
4670  * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
4671  *
4672  * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using
4673  *	wake_tx_queue
4674  *
4675  * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
4676  * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
4677  *	HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
4678  *	@support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
4679  *
4680  * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
4681  *
4682  * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the
4683  *	device has
4684  * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
4685  *	supported by the driver for each vif
4686  * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
4687  *	supported by the driver for each peer
4688  * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for
4689  *	long/short retry configuration
4690  *
4691  * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for
4692  *	configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and
4693  *	%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes
4694  */
4695 struct wiphy {
4696 	/* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
4697 
4698 	u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
4699 	u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
4700 
4701 	struct mac_address *addresses;
4702 
4703 	const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
4704 
4705 	const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
4706 	int n_iface_combinations;
4707 	u16 software_iftypes;
4708 
4709 	u16 n_addresses;
4710 
4711 	/* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
4712 	u16 interface_modes;
4713 
4714 	u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
4715 
4716 	u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
4717 	u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
4718 
4719 	u32 ap_sme_capa;
4720 
4721 	enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
4722 
4723 	int bss_priv_size;
4724 	u8 max_scan_ssids;
4725 	u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
4726 	u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
4727 	u8 max_match_sets;
4728 	u16 max_scan_ie_len;
4729 	u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
4730 	u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
4731 	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
4732 	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
4733 
4734 	int n_cipher_suites;
4735 	const u32 *cipher_suites;
4736 
4737 	int n_akm_suites;
4738 	const u32 *akm_suites;
4739 
4740 	const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites;
4741 	unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites;
4742 
4743 	u8 retry_short;
4744 	u8 retry_long;
4745 	u32 frag_threshold;
4746 	u32 rts_threshold;
4747 	u8 coverage_class;
4748 
4749 	char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
4750 	u32 hw_version;
4751 
4752 #ifdef CONFIG_PM
4753 	const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
4754 	struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
4755 #endif
4756 
4757 	u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
4758 
4759 	u8 max_num_pmkids;
4760 
4761 	u32 available_antennas_tx;
4762 	u32 available_antennas_rx;
4763 
4764 	u32 probe_resp_offload;
4765 
4766 	const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
4767 	u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4768 
4769 	const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
4770 	unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
4771 
4772 	const void *privid;
4773 
4774 	struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
4775 
4776 	void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4777 			     struct regulatory_request *request);
4778 
4779 	/* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
4780 
4781 	const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
4782 
4783 	struct device dev;
4784 
4785 	bool registered;
4786 
4787 	struct dentry *debugfsdir;
4788 
4789 	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
4790 	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
4791 
4792 	struct list_head wdev_list;
4793 
4794 	possible_net_t _net;
4795 
4796 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4797 	const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
4798 #endif
4799 
4800 	const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
4801 
4802 	const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
4803 	const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
4804 	int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
4805 
4806 	u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
4807 
4808 	u8 max_num_csa_counters;
4809 
4810 	u32 bss_select_support;
4811 
4812 	u8 nan_supported_bands;
4813 
4814 	u32 txq_limit;
4815 	u32 txq_memory_limit;
4816 	u32 txq_quantum;
4817 
4818 	unsigned long tx_queue_len;
4819 
4820 	u8 support_mbssid:1,
4821 	   support_only_he_mbssid:1;
4822 
4823 	const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa;
4824 
4825 	struct {
4826 		u64 peer, vif;
4827 		u8 max_retry;
4828 	} tid_config_support;
4829 
4830 	u8 max_data_retry_count;
4831 
4832 	char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
4833 };
4834 
4835 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4836 {
4837 	return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
4838 }
4839 
4840 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
4841 {
4842 	write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
4843 }
4844 
4845 /**
4846  * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
4847  *
4848  * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
4849  * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
4850  */
4851 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4852 {
4853 	BUG_ON(!wiphy);
4854 	return &wiphy->priv;
4855 }
4856 
4857 /**
4858  * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
4859  *
4860  * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
4861  * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
4862  */
4863 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
4864 {
4865 	BUG_ON(!priv);
4866 	return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
4867 }
4868 
4869 /**
4870  * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
4871  *
4872  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
4873  * @dev: The device to parent it to
4874  */
4875 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
4876 {
4877 	wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
4878 }
4879 
4880 /**
4881  * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
4882  *
4883  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
4884  * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
4885  */
4886 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4887 {
4888 	return wiphy->dev.parent;
4889 }
4890 
4891 /**
4892  * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
4893  *
4894  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
4895  * Return: The name of @wiphy.
4896  */
4897 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
4898 {
4899 	return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
4900 }
4901 
4902 /**
4903  * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4904  *
4905  * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4906  * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4907  * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
4908  *	NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
4909  *
4910  * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4911  * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4912  *
4913  * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4914  * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4915  */
4916 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
4917 			   const char *requested_name);
4918 
4919 /**
4920  * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4921  *
4922  * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4923  * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4924  *
4925  * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4926  * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4927  *
4928  * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4929  * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4930  */
4931 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
4932 				      int sizeof_priv)
4933 {
4934 	return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
4935 }
4936 
4937 /**
4938  * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
4939  *
4940  * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
4941  *
4942  * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
4943  */
4944 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4945 
4946 /**
4947  * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
4948  *
4949  * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
4950  *
4951  * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
4952  * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
4953  * request that is being handled.
4954  */
4955 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4956 
4957 /**
4958  * wiphy_free - free wiphy
4959  *
4960  * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
4961  */
4962 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4963 
4964 /* internal structs */
4965 struct cfg80211_conn;
4966 struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
4967 struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
4968 struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
4969 
4970 /**
4971  * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
4972  *
4973  * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
4974  * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
4975  * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
4976  * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
4977  * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device.
4978  *
4979  * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
4980  * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
4981  * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
4982  * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
4983  *
4984  * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
4985  * @iftype: interface type
4986  * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
4987  * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
4988  * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
4989  *	wireless device if it has no netdev
4990  * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4991  * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
4992  *	the user-set channel definition.
4993  * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
4994  *	track the channel to be used for AP later
4995  * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4996  * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4997  * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4998  * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4999  * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5000  * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
5001  * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
5002  * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
5003  * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
5004  * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
5005  * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
5006  * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
5007  * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
5008  * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
5009  * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
5010  * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
5011  * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
5012  * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
5013  *	set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
5014  *	netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
5015  *	by cfg80211 on change_interface
5016  * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
5017  * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
5018  * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
5019  *	and some API functions require it held
5020  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
5021  *	beacons, 0 when not valid
5022  * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
5023  * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
5024  *	the P2P Device.
5025  * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
5026  * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
5027  * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
5028  * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
5029  * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
5030  * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
5031  *	registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
5032  * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
5033  * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
5034  * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
5035  * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
5036  * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
5037  * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
5038  * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
5039  * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
5040  * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
5041  * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
5042  * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
5043  * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
5044  * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
5045  * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
5046  * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
5047  * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
5048  */
5049 struct wireless_dev {
5050 	struct wiphy *wiphy;
5051 	enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
5052 
5053 	/* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
5054 	struct list_head list;
5055 	struct net_device *netdev;
5056 
5057 	u32 identifier;
5058 
5059 	struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
5060 	spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock;
5061 
5062 	struct mutex mtx;
5063 
5064 	bool use_4addr, is_running;
5065 
5066 	u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
5067 
5068 	/* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
5069 	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
5070 	u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len;
5071 	struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
5072 	struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
5073 	enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
5074 	u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
5075 
5076 	struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
5077 	u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
5078 
5079 	struct list_head event_list;
5080 	spinlock_t event_lock;
5081 
5082 	struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */
5083 	struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
5084 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
5085 
5086 	bool ibss_fixed;
5087 	bool ibss_dfs_possible;
5088 
5089 	bool ps;
5090 	int ps_timeout;
5091 
5092 	int beacon_interval;
5093 
5094 	u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
5095 
5096 	u32 owner_nlportid;
5097 	bool nl_owner_dead;
5098 
5099 	bool cac_started;
5100 	unsigned long cac_start_time;
5101 	unsigned int cac_time_ms;
5102 
5103 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
5104 	/* wext data */
5105 	struct {
5106 		struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
5107 		struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
5108 		struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
5109 		const u8 *ie;
5110 		size_t ie_len;
5111 		u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
5112 		u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
5113 		u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
5114 		s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
5115 		bool prev_bssid_valid;
5116 	} wext;
5117 #endif
5118 
5119 	struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config;
5120 
5121 	struct list_head pmsr_list;
5122 	spinlock_t pmsr_lock;
5123 	struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk;
5124 };
5125 
5126 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
5127 {
5128 	if (wdev->netdev)
5129 		return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
5130 	return wdev->address;
5131 }
5132 
5133 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
5134 {
5135 	if (wdev->netdev)
5136 		return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
5137 	return wdev->is_running;
5138 }
5139 
5140 /**
5141  * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
5142  *
5143  * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
5144  * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
5145  */
5146 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
5147 {
5148 	BUG_ON(!wdev);
5149 	return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
5150 }
5151 
5152 /**
5153  * DOC: Utility functions
5154  *
5155  * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
5156  */
5157 
5158 /**
5159  * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
5160  * @chan: channel number
5161  * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
5162  * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
5163  */
5164 int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
5165 
5166 /**
5167  * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
5168  * @freq: center frequency
5169  * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
5170  */
5171 int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq);
5172 
5173 /**
5174  * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
5175  *
5176  * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
5177  * @freq: the center frequency of the channel
5178  *
5179  * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
5180  */
5181 struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq);
5182 
5183 /**
5184  * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
5185  *
5186  * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5187  * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
5188  * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
5189  *
5190  * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
5191  * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
5192  * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
5193  * rates in the band's bitrate table.
5194  */
5195 struct ieee80211_rate *
5196 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5197 			    u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
5198 
5199 /**
5200  * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
5201  * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5202  * @scan_width: width of the control channel
5203  *
5204  * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
5205  * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
5206  */
5207 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5208 			      enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
5209 
5210 /*
5211  * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
5212  *
5213  * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
5214  * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt
5215  */
5216 
5217 struct radiotap_align_size {
5218 	uint8_t align:4, size:4;
5219 };
5220 
5221 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
5222 	const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
5223 	int n_bits;
5224 	uint32_t oui;
5225 	uint8_t subns;
5226 };
5227 
5228 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
5229 	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
5230 	int n_ns;
5231 };
5232 
5233 /**
5234  * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
5235  * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
5236  *	to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
5237  * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
5238  *	call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
5239  *	ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
5240  *	the beginning of the actual data portion
5241  * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
5242  * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
5243  *	(or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
5244  * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
5245  *	radiotap namespace or not
5246  *
5247  * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
5248  * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
5249  * @_arg_index: next argument index
5250  * @_arg: next argument pointer
5251  * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
5252  * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
5253  * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
5254  * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
5255  * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
5256  *	next bitmap word
5257  *
5258  * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
5259  * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
5260  */
5261 
5262 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
5263 	struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
5264 	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
5265 	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
5266 
5267 	unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
5268 	__le32 *_next_bitmap;
5269 
5270 	unsigned char *this_arg;
5271 	int this_arg_index;
5272 	int this_arg_size;
5273 
5274 	int is_radiotap_ns;
5275 
5276 	int _max_length;
5277 	int _arg_index;
5278 	uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
5279 	int _reset_on_ext;
5280 };
5281 
5282 int
5283 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
5284 				 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
5285 				 int max_length,
5286 				 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
5287 
5288 int
5289 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
5290 
5291 
5292 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
5293 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
5294 
5295 /**
5296  * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
5297  *
5298  * @skb: the frame
5299  *
5300  * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
5301  * returns the 802.11 header length.
5302  *
5303  * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
5304  * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
5305  * 802.11 header.
5306  */
5307 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
5308 
5309 /**
5310  * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
5311  * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
5312  * Return: The header length in bytes.
5313  */
5314 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
5315 
5316 /**
5317  * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
5318  * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
5319  *	(first byte) will be accessed
5320  * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
5321  * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
5322  */
5323 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
5324 
5325 /**
5326  * DOC: Data path helpers
5327  *
5328  * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
5329  * functions that help implement the data path for devices
5330  * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
5331  */
5332 
5333 /**
5334  * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5335  * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5336  * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
5337  *	of it being pushed into the SKB
5338  * @addr: the device MAC address
5339  * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5340  * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
5341  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5342  */
5343 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
5344 				  const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5345 				  u8 data_offset);
5346 
5347 /**
5348  * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5349  * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5350  * @addr: the device MAC address
5351  * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5352  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5353  */
5354 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
5355 					 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
5356 {
5357 	return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0);
5358 }
5359 
5360 /**
5361  * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
5362  *
5363  * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
5364  * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
5365  * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
5366  *
5367  * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
5368  * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
5369  *	initialized by by the caller.
5370  * @addr: The device MAC address.
5371  * @iftype: The device interface type.
5372  * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
5373  * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5374  * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5375  */
5376 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
5377 			      const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5378 			      const unsigned int extra_headroom,
5379 			      const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa);
5380 
5381 /**
5382  * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
5383  * @skb: the data frame
5384  * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
5385  * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
5386  */
5387 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
5388 				    struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
5389 
5390 /**
5391  * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
5392  *
5393  * @eid: element ID
5394  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5395  * @len: length of data
5396  * @match: byte array to match
5397  * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5398  * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
5399  *	Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
5400  *	the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
5401  *	the data portion instead.
5402  *
5403  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5404  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5405  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5406  * requested element struct.
5407  *
5408  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5409  * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5410  * byte array to match.
5411  */
5412 const struct element *
5413 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5414 			 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5415 			 unsigned int match_offset);
5416 
5417 /**
5418  * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
5419  *
5420  * @eid: element ID
5421  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5422  * @len: length of data
5423  * @match: byte array to match
5424  * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5425  * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
5426  *	If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
5427  *	Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
5428  *	byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
5429  *	the second byte is the IE length.
5430  *
5431  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5432  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5433  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
5434  * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5435  * element ID.
5436  *
5437  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5438  * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5439  * byte array to match.
5440  */
5441 static inline const u8 *
5442 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5443 		       const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5444 		       unsigned int match_offset)
5445 {
5446 	/* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
5447 	 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
5448 	 */
5449 	if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) ||
5450 		    (!match_len && match_offset)))
5451 		return NULL;
5452 
5453 	return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len,
5454 						match, match_len,
5455 						match_offset ?
5456 							match_offset - 2 : 0);
5457 }
5458 
5459 /**
5460  * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
5461  *
5462  * @eid: element ID
5463  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5464  * @len: length of data
5465  *
5466  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5467  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5468  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5469  * requested element struct.
5470  *
5471  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5472  * having to fit into the given data.
5473  */
5474 static inline const struct element *
5475 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5476 {
5477 	return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5478 }
5479 
5480 /**
5481  * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
5482  *
5483  * @eid: element ID
5484  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5485  * @len: length of data
5486  *
5487  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5488  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5489  * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5490  * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5491  *
5492  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5493  * having to fit into the given data.
5494  */
5495 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5496 {
5497 	return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5498 }
5499 
5500 /**
5501  * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
5502  *
5503  * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5504  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5505  * @len: length of data
5506  *
5507  * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if
5508  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5509  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5510  * requested element struct.
5511  *
5512  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5513  * having to fit into the given data.
5514  */
5515 static inline const struct element *
5516 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5517 {
5518 	return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5519 					&ext_eid, 1, 0);
5520 }
5521 
5522 /**
5523  * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
5524  *
5525  * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5526  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5527  * @len: length of data
5528  *
5529  * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
5530  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5531  * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5532  * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5533  *
5534  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5535  * having to fit into the given data.
5536  */
5537 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5538 {
5539 	return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5540 				      &ext_eid, 1, 2);
5541 }
5542 
5543 /**
5544  * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
5545  *
5546  * @oui: vendor OUI
5547  * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5548  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5549  * @len: length of data
5550  *
5551  * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5552  * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
5553  * return the element structure for the requested element.
5554  *
5555  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5556  * the given data.
5557  */
5558 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5559 						const u8 *ies,
5560 						unsigned int len);
5561 
5562 /**
5563  * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
5564  *
5565  * @oui: vendor OUI
5566  * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5567  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5568  * @len: length of data
5569  *
5570  * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5571  * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
5572  * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5573  * element ID.
5574  *
5575  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5576  * the given data.
5577  */
5578 static inline const u8 *
5579 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5580 			const u8 *ies, unsigned int len)
5581 {
5582 	return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len);
5583 }
5584 
5585 /**
5586  * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
5587  *
5588  * @dev: network device
5589  * @addr: STA MAC address
5590  *
5591  * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
5592  * devices upon STA association.
5593  */
5594 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
5595 
5596 /**
5597  * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
5598  *
5599  * TODO
5600  */
5601 
5602 /**
5603  * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
5604  * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
5605  *	conflicts)
5606  * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
5607  *	should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
5608  *	set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
5609  *	alpha2.
5610  *
5611  * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
5612  * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
5613  * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
5614  * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
5615  * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
5616  * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
5617  *
5618  * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
5619  * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
5620  * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
5621  *
5622  * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5623  * an -ENOMEM.
5624  *
5625  * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
5626  */
5627 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
5628 
5629 /**
5630  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
5631  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5632  * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
5633  *
5634  * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
5635  * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
5636  * information.
5637  *
5638  * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5639  */
5640 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5641 			      struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5642 
5643 /**
5644  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers
5645  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5646  * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
5647  *
5648  * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain
5649  * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see
5650  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
5651  *
5652  * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5653  */
5654 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5655 					struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5656 
5657 /**
5658  * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
5659  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5660  * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
5661  *
5662  * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
5663  * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
5664  * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
5665  * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
5666  * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
5667  * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
5668  * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
5669  * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
5670  * that called this helper.
5671  */
5672 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5673 				   const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
5674 
5675 /**
5676  * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
5677  * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
5678  * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
5679  *
5680  * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
5681  * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
5682  * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
5683  * and processed already.
5684  *
5685  * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
5686  * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
5687  * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
5688  * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
5689  * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
5690  * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
5691  * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
5692  */
5693 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5694 					       u32 center_freq);
5695 
5696 /**
5697  * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
5698  * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
5699  *
5700  * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
5701  * proper string representation.
5702  */
5703 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
5704 
5705 /**
5706  * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom
5707  * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked.
5708  *
5709  * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI).
5710  */
5711 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5712 
5713 /**
5714  * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
5715  *
5716  */
5717 
5718 /**
5719  * reg_query_regdb_wmm -  Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
5720  * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
5721  *
5722  * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
5723  * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried.
5724  * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
5725  *
5726  * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to  query
5727  * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
5728  * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
5729  *
5730  * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5731  * an -ENODATA.
5732  *
5733  * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
5734  */
5735 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq,
5736 			struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule);
5737 
5738 /*
5739  * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
5740  * functions and BSS handling helpers
5741  */
5742 
5743 /**
5744  * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
5745  *
5746  * @request: the corresponding scan request
5747  * @info: information about the completed scan
5748  */
5749 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
5750 			struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
5751 
5752 /**
5753  * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
5754  *
5755  * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
5756  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5757  */
5758 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5759 
5760 /**
5761  * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5762  *
5763  * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5764  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5765  *
5766  * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5767  * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
5768  * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5769  */
5770 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5771 
5772 /**
5773  * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5774  *
5775  * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5776  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5777  *
5778  * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5779  * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
5780  * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5781  * This function should be called with rtnl locked.
5782  */
5783 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5784 
5785 /**
5786  * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
5787  * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5788  * @data: the BSS metadata
5789  * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
5790  * @len: length of the management frame
5791  * @gfp: context flags
5792  *
5793  * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5794  * the BSS should be updated/added.
5795  *
5796  * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5797  * Or %NULL on error.
5798  */
5799 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5800 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5801 			       struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5802 			       struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5803 			       gfp_t gfp);
5804 
5805 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5806 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5807 				struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5808 				enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5809 				struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5810 				s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5811 {
5812 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5813 		.chan = rx_channel,
5814 		.scan_width = scan_width,
5815 		.signal = signal,
5816 	};
5817 
5818 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5819 }
5820 
5821 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5822 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5823 			  struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5824 			  struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5825 			  s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5826 {
5827 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5828 		.chan = rx_channel,
5829 		.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5830 		.signal = signal,
5831 	};
5832 
5833 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5834 }
5835 
5836 /**
5837  * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
5838  * @bssid: transmitter BSSID
5839  * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
5840  * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
5841  * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
5842  */
5843 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid,
5844 					  u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid)
5845 {
5846 	u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid);
5847 	u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0);
5848 	u64 new_bssid_u64;
5849 
5850 	new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask;
5851 
5852 	new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask;
5853 
5854 	u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid);
5855 }
5856 
5857 /**
5858  * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited
5859  * @element: element to check
5860  * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element
5861  */
5862 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element,
5863 				   const struct element *non_inherit_element);
5864 
5865 /**
5866  * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs
5867  * @ie: ies
5868  * @ielen: length of IEs
5869  * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element
5870  * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile)
5871  * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile
5872  * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length
5873  */
5874 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5875 			      const struct element *mbssid_elem,
5876 			      const struct element *sub_elem,
5877 			      u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len);
5878 
5879 /**
5880  * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
5881  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
5882  *	from a beacon or probe response
5883  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
5884  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
5885  */
5886 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
5887 	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
5888 	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
5889 	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
5890 };
5891 
5892 /**
5893  * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
5894  *
5895  * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5896  * @data: the BSS metadata
5897  * @ftype: frame type (if known)
5898  * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
5899  * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
5900  * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
5901  * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
5902  * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
5903  * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
5904  * @gfp: context flags
5905  *
5906  * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5907  * the BSS should be updated/added.
5908  *
5909  * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5910  * Or %NULL on error.
5911  */
5912 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5913 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5914 			 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5915 			 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5916 			 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5917 			 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5918 			 gfp_t gfp);
5919 
5920 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5921 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5922 			  struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5923 			  enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5924 			  enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5925 			  const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5926 			  u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5927 			  s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5928 {
5929 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5930 		.chan = rx_channel,
5931 		.scan_width = scan_width,
5932 		.signal = signal,
5933 	};
5934 
5935 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
5936 					capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
5937 					gfp);
5938 }
5939 
5940 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5941 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5942 		    struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5943 		    enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5944 		    const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5945 		    u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5946 		    s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5947 {
5948 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5949 		.chan = rx_channel,
5950 		.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5951 		.signal = signal,
5952 	};
5953 
5954 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
5955 					capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
5956 					gfp);
5957 }
5958 
5959 /**
5960  * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
5961  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5962  * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
5963  * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
5964  * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
5965  * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
5966  * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
5967  * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
5968  */
5969 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5970 				      struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
5971 				      const u8 *bssid,
5972 				      const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
5973 				      enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
5974 				      enum ieee80211_privacy privacy);
5975 static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
5976 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5977 		  struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
5978 		  const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
5979 {
5980 	return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
5981 				IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
5982 				IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
5983 }
5984 
5985 /**
5986  * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
5987  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5988  * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
5989  *
5990  * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
5991  */
5992 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5993 
5994 /**
5995  * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
5996  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5997  * @bss: the BSS struct
5998  *
5999  * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
6000  */
6001 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6002 
6003 /**
6004  * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
6005  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6006  * @bss: the bss to remove
6007  *
6008  * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
6009  * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
6010  * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
6011  * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
6012  */
6013 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6014 
6015 /**
6016  * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries
6017  *
6018  * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy
6019  * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not
6020  * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB.
6021  *
6022  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6023  * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel
6024  *     of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel.
6025  * @iter: the iterator function to call
6026  * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function
6027  */
6028 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6029 		       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6030 		       void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6031 				    struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
6032 				    void *data),
6033 		       void *iter_data);
6034 
6035 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
6036 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
6037 {
6038 	switch (chandef->width) {
6039 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
6040 		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
6041 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
6042 		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
6043 	default:
6044 		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
6045 	}
6046 }
6047 
6048 /**
6049  * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
6050  * @dev: network device
6051  * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
6052  * @len: length of the frame data
6053  *
6054  * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
6055  * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
6056  * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
6057  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6058  * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
6059  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6060  * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
6061  * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
6062  * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
6063  * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
6064  *
6065  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6066  */
6067 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
6068 
6069 /**
6070  * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
6071  * @dev: network device
6072  * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
6073  *
6074  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
6075  * mutex.
6076  */
6077 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
6078 
6079 /**
6080  * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
6081  * @dev: network device
6082  * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
6083  *	moves to cfg80211 in this call
6084  * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
6085  * @len: length of the frame data
6086  * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
6087  *	as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
6088  * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
6089  * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
6090  *
6091  * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
6092  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6093  *
6094  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6095  */
6096 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
6097 			    struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
6098 			    const u8 *buf, size_t len,
6099 			    int uapsd_queues,
6100 			    const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len);
6101 
6102 /**
6103  * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
6104  * @dev: network device
6105  * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
6106  *
6107  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6108  */
6109 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6110 
6111 /**
6112  * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt
6113  * @dev: network device
6114  * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned.
6115  *
6116  * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX,
6117  * an association attempt was abandoned.
6118  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6119  */
6120 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6121 
6122 /**
6123  * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
6124  * @dev: network device
6125  * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
6126  * @len: length of the frame data
6127  *
6128  * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
6129  * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
6130  * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
6131  * corresponding wdev's mutex.
6132  */
6133 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
6134 
6135 /**
6136  * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
6137  * @dev: network device
6138  * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body)
6139  * @len: length of the frame data
6140  *
6141  * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
6142  * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
6143  * frame was not protected. This function may sleep.
6144  */
6145 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
6146 				  const u8 *buf, size_t len);
6147 
6148 /**
6149  * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
6150  * @dev: network device
6151  * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
6152  * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
6153  * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
6154  * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
6155  * @gfp: allocation flags
6156  *
6157  * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
6158  * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
6159  * primitive.
6160  */
6161 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
6162 				  enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
6163 				  const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
6164 
6165 /**
6166  * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
6167  *
6168  * @dev: network device
6169  * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
6170  * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
6171  * @gfp: allocation flags
6172  *
6173  * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
6174  * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
6175  * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
6176  * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
6177  * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
6178  * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
6179  */
6180 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6181 			  struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
6182 
6183 /**
6184  * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate
6185  *
6186  * @dev: network device
6187  * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
6188  * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
6189  * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
6190  * @gfp: allocation flags
6191  *
6192  * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
6193  * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
6194  * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
6195  */
6196 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
6197 		const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len,
6198 		int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp);
6199 
6200 /**
6201  * DOC: RFkill integration
6202  *
6203  * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
6204  * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
6205  * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
6206  * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
6207  * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
6208  *
6209  * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
6210  * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
6211  * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
6212  */
6213 
6214 /**
6215  * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
6216  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6217  * @blocked: block status
6218  */
6219 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked);
6220 
6221 /**
6222  * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
6223  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6224  */
6225 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6226 
6227 /**
6228  * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
6229  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6230  */
6231 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6232 
6233 /**
6234  * DOC: Vendor commands
6235  *
6236  * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
6237  * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
6238  * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
6239  * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
6240  * the configuration mechanism.
6241  *
6242  * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
6243  * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
6244  * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
6245  *
6246  * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
6247  * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
6248  * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
6249  * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
6250  * managers etc. need.
6251  */
6252 
6253 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6254 					   enum nl80211_commands cmd,
6255 					   enum nl80211_attrs attr,
6256 					   int approxlen);
6257 
6258 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6259 					   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6260 					   enum nl80211_commands cmd,
6261 					   enum nl80211_attrs attr,
6262 					   unsigned int portid,
6263 					   int vendor_event_idx,
6264 					   int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
6265 
6266 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
6267 
6268 /**
6269  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
6270  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6271  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6272  *	be put into the skb
6273  *
6274  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6275  * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6276  * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
6277  *
6278  * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
6279  * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6280  * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6281  * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6282  * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6283  * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
6284  * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
6285  *
6286  * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
6287  * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
6288  *
6289  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6290  */
6291 static inline struct sk_buff *
6292 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6293 {
6294 	return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6295 					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
6296 }
6297 
6298 /**
6299  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
6300  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6301  *	cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
6302  *
6303  * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6304  * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
6305  * return the error code.  Note that this function consumes the
6306  * skb regardless of the return value.
6307  *
6308  * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6309  */
6310 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
6311 
6312 /**
6313  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender
6314  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6315  *
6316  * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
6317  * Valid to call only there.
6318  */
6319 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6320 
6321 /**
6322  * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
6323  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6324  * @wdev: the wireless device
6325  * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6326  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6327  *	be put into the skb
6328  * @gfp: allocation flags
6329  *
6330  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6331  * vendor-specific multicast group.
6332  *
6333  * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6334  * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6335  * attribute.
6336  *
6337  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6338  * skb to send the event.
6339  *
6340  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6341  */
6342 static inline struct sk_buff *
6343 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6344 			     int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6345 {
6346 	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6347 					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6348 					  0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6349 }
6350 
6351 /**
6352  * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
6353  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6354  * @wdev: the wireless device
6355  * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6356  * @portid: port ID of the receiver
6357  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6358  *	be put into the skb
6359  * @gfp: allocation flags
6360  *
6361  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
6362  * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
6363  * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
6364  * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
6365  *
6366  * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6367  * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6368  * attribute.
6369  *
6370  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6371  * skb to send the event.
6372  *
6373  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6374  */
6375 static inline struct sk_buff *
6376 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6377 				  struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6378 				  unsigned int portid, int approxlen,
6379 				  int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6380 {
6381 	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6382 					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6383 					  portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6384 }
6385 
6386 /**
6387  * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
6388  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
6389  * @gfp: allocation flags
6390  *
6391  * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6392  * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
6393  */
6394 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6395 {
6396 	__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6397 }
6398 
6399 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
6400 /**
6401  * DOC: Test mode
6402  *
6403  * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
6404  * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
6405  * factory programming.
6406  *
6407  * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
6408  * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
6409  */
6410 
6411 /**
6412  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
6413  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6414  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6415  *	be put into the skb
6416  *
6417  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6418  * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6419  * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
6420  *
6421  * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
6422  * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6423  * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6424  * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6425  * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6426  * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
6427  * must not modify the skb in any other way.
6428  *
6429  * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
6430  * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
6431  *
6432  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6433  */
6434 static inline struct sk_buff *
6435 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6436 {
6437 	return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6438 					  NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
6439 }
6440 
6441 /**
6442  * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
6443  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6444  *	cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
6445  *
6446  * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6447  * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
6448  * the error code.  Note that this function consumes the skb
6449  * regardless of the return value.
6450  *
6451  * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6452  */
6453 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
6454 {
6455 	return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
6456 }
6457 
6458 /**
6459  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
6460  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6461  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6462  *	be put into the skb
6463  * @gfp: allocation flags
6464  *
6465  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6466  * testmode multicast group.
6467  *
6468  * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
6469  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
6470  * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
6471  * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
6472  * in any other way.
6473  *
6474  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
6475  * skb to send the event.
6476  *
6477  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6478  */
6479 static inline struct sk_buff *
6480 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
6481 {
6482 	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6483 					  NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1,
6484 					  approxlen, gfp);
6485 }
6486 
6487 /**
6488  * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
6489  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6490  *	cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
6491  * @gfp: allocation flags
6492  *
6493  * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6494  * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
6495  * consumes it.
6496  */
6497 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6498 {
6499 	__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6500 }
6501 
6502 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)	.testmode_cmd = (cmd),
6503 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)	.testmode_dump = (cmd),
6504 #else
6505 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
6506 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
6507 #endif
6508 
6509 /**
6510  * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
6511  * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
6512  * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
6513  * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
6514  *	@erp_next_seq_num is valid.
6515  * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
6516  *	FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
6517  *	status for a FILS connection.
6518  * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6519  * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
6520  * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
6521  *	used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6522  */
6523 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params {
6524 	const u8 *kek;
6525 	size_t kek_len;
6526 	bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
6527 	u16 erp_next_seq_num;
6528 	const u8 *pmk;
6529 	size_t pmk_len;
6530 	const u8 *pmkid;
6531 };
6532 
6533 /**
6534  * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
6535  * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6536  *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6537  *	the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6538  *	failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6539  *	from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6540  *	indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6541  *	@timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6542  *	case.
6543  * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL)
6544  * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6545  *	cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
6546  *	bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
6547  *	through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
6548  *	connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
6549  *	Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
6550  * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
6551  * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
6552  * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6553  * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
6554  * @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
6555  * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6556  *	connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6557  *	the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6558  *	not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6559  *	failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6560  *	This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6561  */
6562 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
6563 	int status;
6564 	const u8 *bssid;
6565 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6566 	const u8 *req_ie;
6567 	size_t req_ie_len;
6568 	const u8 *resp_ie;
6569 	size_t resp_ie_len;
6570 	struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6571 	enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
6572 };
6573 
6574 /**
6575  * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6576  *
6577  * @dev: network device
6578  * @params: connection response parameters
6579  * @gfp: allocation flags
6580  *
6581  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6582  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6583  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
6584  * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
6585  * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
6586  * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6587  */
6588 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
6589 			   struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
6590 			   gfp_t gfp);
6591 
6592 /**
6593  * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6594  *
6595  * @dev: network device
6596  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6597  * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6598  *	cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
6599  *	bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
6600  *	through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
6601  *	connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
6602  *	Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
6603  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6604  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6605  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6606  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6607  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6608  *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6609  *	the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6610  *	failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6611  *	from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6612  *	indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6613  *	@timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6614  *	case.
6615  * @gfp: allocation flags
6616  * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6617  *	connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6618  *	the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6619  *	not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6620  *	failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6621  *	This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6622  *
6623  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6624  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6625  * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
6626  * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
6627  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6628  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6629  */
6630 static inline void
6631 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6632 		     struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
6633 		     size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
6634 		     size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
6635 		     enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6636 {
6637 	struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
6638 
6639 	memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
6640 	params.status = status;
6641 	params.bssid = bssid;
6642 	params.bss = bss;
6643 	params.req_ie = req_ie;
6644 	params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
6645 	params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
6646 	params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
6647 	params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
6648 
6649 	cfg80211_connect_done(dev, &params, gfp);
6650 }
6651 
6652 /**
6653  * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6654  *
6655  * @dev: network device
6656  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6657  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6658  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6659  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6660  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6661  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6662  *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6663  *	the real status code for failures.
6664  * @gfp: allocation flags
6665  *
6666  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6667  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6668  * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
6669  * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6670  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6671  */
6672 static inline void
6673 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6674 			const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
6675 			const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
6676 			u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
6677 {
6678 	cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
6679 			     resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
6680 			     NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
6681 }
6682 
6683 /**
6684  * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
6685  *
6686  * @dev: network device
6687  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6688  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6689  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6690  * @gfp: allocation flags
6691  * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
6692  *
6693  * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
6694  * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
6695  * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
6696  * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
6697  * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
6698  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6699  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6700  */
6701 static inline void
6702 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6703 			 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
6704 			 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6705 {
6706 	cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
6707 			     gfp, timeout_reason);
6708 }
6709 
6710 /**
6711  * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
6712  *
6713  * @channel: the channel of the new AP
6714  * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set)
6715  * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set)
6716  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6717  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6718  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6719  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6720  * @fils: FILS related roaming information.
6721  */
6722 struct cfg80211_roam_info {
6723 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
6724 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6725 	const u8 *bssid;
6726 	const u8 *req_ie;
6727 	size_t req_ie_len;
6728 	const u8 *resp_ie;
6729 	size_t resp_ie_len;
6730 	struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6731 };
6732 
6733 /**
6734  * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
6735  *
6736  * @dev: network device
6737  * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
6738  * @gfp: allocation flags
6739  *
6740  * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
6741  * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
6742  * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
6743  * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
6744  * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
6745  * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
6746  * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
6747  * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
6748  * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
6749  * released while disconnecting from the current bss.
6750  */
6751 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
6752 		     gfp_t gfp);
6753 
6754 /**
6755  * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
6756  *
6757  * @dev: network device
6758  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6759  * @gfp: allocation flags
6760  *
6761  * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
6762  * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
6763  * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
6764  * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
6765  * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
6766  * indicate the 802.11 association.
6767  */
6768 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6769 			      gfp_t gfp);
6770 
6771 /**
6772  * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
6773  *
6774  * @dev: network device
6775  * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
6776  * @ie_len: length of IEs
6777  * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
6778  * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
6779  * @gfp: allocation flags
6780  *
6781  * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
6782  * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
6783  */
6784 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
6785 			   const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
6786 			   bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
6787 
6788 /**
6789  * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
6790  * @wdev: wireless device
6791  * @cookie: the request cookie
6792  * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6793  * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
6794  *	channel
6795  * @gfp: allocation flags
6796  */
6797 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6798 			       struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6799 			       unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
6800 
6801 /**
6802  * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
6803  * @wdev: wireless device
6804  * @cookie: the request cookie
6805  * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6806  * @gfp: allocation flags
6807  */
6808 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6809 					struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6810 					gfp_t gfp);
6811 
6812 /**
6813  * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired
6814  * @wdev: wireless device
6815  * @cookie: the requested cookie
6816  * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request)
6817  * @gfp: allocation flags
6818  */
6819 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6820 			      struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp);
6821 
6822 /**
6823  * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
6824  *
6825  * @sinfo: the station information
6826  * @gfp: allocation flags
6827  */
6828 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6829 
6830 /**
6831  * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
6832  * @sinfo: the station information
6833  *
6834  * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
6835  * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
6836  * the stack.)
6837  */
6838 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo)
6839 {
6840 	kfree(sinfo->pertid);
6841 }
6842 
6843 /**
6844  * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
6845  *
6846  * @dev: the netdev
6847  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6848  * @sinfo: the station information
6849  * @gfp: allocation flags
6850  */
6851 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6852 		      struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6853 
6854 /**
6855  * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
6856  * @dev: the netdev
6857  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6858  * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
6859  * @gfp: allocation flags
6860  */
6861 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6862 			    struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6863 
6864 /**
6865  * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
6866  *
6867  * @dev: the netdev
6868  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6869  * @gfp: allocation flags
6870  */
6871 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
6872 				    const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
6873 {
6874 	cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
6875 }
6876 
6877 /**
6878  * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
6879  *
6880  * @dev: the netdev
6881  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6882  * @reason: the reason for connection failure
6883  * @gfp: allocation flags
6884  *
6885  * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
6886  * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
6887  * for some reasons, this function is called.
6888  *
6889  * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
6890  * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
6891  */
6892 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6893 			  enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
6894 			  gfp_t gfp);
6895 
6896 /**
6897  * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
6898  * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6899  * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
6900  * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
6901  * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6902  * @len: length of the frame data
6903  * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
6904  *
6905  * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
6906  * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
6907  *
6908  * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
6909  * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
6910  * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
6911  * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
6912  */
6913 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm,
6914 		      const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags);
6915 
6916 /**
6917  * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
6918  * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6919  * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
6920  * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6921  * @len: length of the frame data
6922  * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
6923  * @gfp: context flags
6924  *
6925  * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
6926  * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
6927  * transmission attempt.
6928  */
6929 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6930 			     const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp);
6931 
6932 
6933 /**
6934  * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
6935  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6936  * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame.  It is assumed that the skbuf
6937  *	is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header).  The skb can be non-linear.
6938  *	This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
6939  *	responsible for any cleanup.  The caller must also ensure that
6940  *	skb->protocol is set appropriately.
6941  * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
6942  *
6943  * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
6944  * frame.  It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
6945  * control port frames over nl80211.
6946  *
6947  * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
6948  * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
6949  *
6950  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
6951  */
6952 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev,
6953 			      struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted);
6954 
6955 /**
6956  * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
6957  * @dev: network device
6958  * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
6959  * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
6960  * @gfp: context flags
6961  *
6962  * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
6963  * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
6964  */
6965 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6966 			      enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
6967 			      s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
6968 
6969 /**
6970  * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
6971  * @dev: network device
6972  * @peer: peer's MAC address
6973  * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
6974  *	but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
6975  *	threshold (to account for temporary interference)
6976  * @gfp: context flags
6977  */
6978 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6979 				 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
6980 
6981 /**
6982  * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
6983  * @dev: network device
6984  * @peer: peer's MAC address
6985  * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
6986  * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
6987  * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
6988  * @gfp: context flags
6989  *
6990  * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
6991  * given interval is exceeded.
6992  */
6993 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
6994 			     u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
6995 
6996 /**
6997  * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
6998  * @dev: network device
6999  * @gfp: context flags
7000  *
7001  * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
7002  */
7003 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
7004 
7005 /**
7006  * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
7007  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7008  * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
7009  * @gfp: context flags
7010  *
7011  * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
7012  */
7013 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7014 			  struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp);
7015 
7016 /**
7017  * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
7018  * @dev: network device
7019  * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
7020  * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
7021  * @gfp: context flags
7022  *
7023  * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
7024  * frame.
7025  */
7026 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
7027 				       struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
7028 				       gfp_t gfp);
7029 
7030 /**
7031  * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
7032  * @netdev: network device
7033  * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
7034  * @event: type of event
7035  * @gfp: context flags
7036  *
7037  * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
7038  * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
7039  * also by full-MAC drivers.
7040  */
7041 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7042 			const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7043 			enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
7044 
7045 
7046 /**
7047  * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
7048  * @dev: network device
7049  * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
7050  * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
7051  * @gfp: allocation flags
7052  */
7053 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
7054 			       const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
7055 
7056 /**
7057  * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
7058  * @dev: network device
7059  * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
7060  * @bssid: BSSID of AP
7061  * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
7062  * @gfp: allocation flags
7063  */
7064 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
7065 				     const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
7066 
7067 /**
7068  * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
7069  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7070  * @addr: the transmitter address
7071  * @gfp: context flags
7072  *
7073  * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
7074  * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
7075  * sender.
7076  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
7077  * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
7078  */
7079 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
7080 				const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
7081 
7082 /**
7083  * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
7084  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7085  * @addr: the transmitter address
7086  * @gfp: context flags
7087  *
7088  * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
7089  * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
7090  * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
7091  * station to avoid event flooding.
7092  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
7093  * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
7094  */
7095 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
7096 					const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
7097 
7098 /**
7099  * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
7100  * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
7101  * @addr: the address of the peer
7102  * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
7103  * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
7104  * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
7105  * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
7106  * @gfp: allocation flags
7107  */
7108 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
7109 			   u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
7110 			   bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
7111 
7112 /**
7113  * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
7114  * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
7115  * @frame: the frame
7116  * @len: length of the frame
7117  * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
7118  * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7119  *
7120  * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
7121  * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
7122  * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
7123  */
7124 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7125 				 const u8 *frame, size_t len,
7126 				 int freq, int sig_dbm);
7127 
7128 /**
7129  * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
7130  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7131  * @chandef: the channel definition
7132  * @iftype: interface type
7133  *
7134  * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
7135  * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
7136  */
7137 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7138 			     struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7139 			     enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
7140 
7141 /**
7142  * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
7143  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7144  * @chandef: the channel definition
7145  * @iftype: interface type
7146  *
7147  * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
7148  * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
7149  * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
7150  * more permissive conditions.
7151  *
7152  * Requires the RTNL to be held.
7153  */
7154 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7155 				   struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7156 				   enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
7157 
7158 /*
7159  * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
7160  * @dev: the device which switched channels
7161  * @chandef: the new channel definition
7162  *
7163  * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
7164  * driver context!
7165  */
7166 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7167 			       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
7168 
7169 /*
7170  * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
7171  * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
7172  * @chandef: the future channel definition
7173  * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
7174  *
7175  * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
7176  * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
7177  * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
7178  */
7179 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7180 				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7181 				       u8 count);
7182 
7183 /**
7184  * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
7185  *
7186  * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
7187  * @band: band pointer to fill
7188  *
7189  * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7190  */
7191 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
7192 				       enum nl80211_band *band);
7193 
7194 /**
7195  * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
7196  *
7197  * @chandef: the chandef to convert
7198  * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
7199  *
7200  * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7201  */
7202 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7203 					  u8 *op_class);
7204 
7205 /*
7206  * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
7207  * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
7208  * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
7209  * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
7210  *	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
7211  * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
7212  * @gfp: allocation flags
7213  *
7214  * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
7215  * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
7216  * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
7217  * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
7218  * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
7219  */
7220 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
7221 				enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
7222 				u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
7223 
7224 /*
7225  * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
7226  * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
7227  *
7228  * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
7229  */
7230 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
7231 
7232 /**
7233  * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
7234  * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
7235  *
7236  * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned,
7237  * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that
7238  * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function
7239  * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by
7240  * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also
7241  * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g.
7242  * when the device is unbound from the driver.
7243  *
7244  * Requires the RTNL to be held.
7245  */
7246 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
7247 
7248 /**
7249  * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements
7250  * @ies: FT IEs
7251  * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
7252  * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
7253  * @ric_ies: RIC IE
7254  * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
7255  */
7256 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
7257 	const u8 *ies;
7258 	size_t ies_len;
7259 	const u8 *target_ap;
7260 	const u8 *ric_ies;
7261 	size_t ric_ies_len;
7262 };
7263 
7264 /**
7265  * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
7266  * @netdev: network device
7267  * @ft_event: IE information
7268  */
7269 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7270 		       struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
7271 
7272 /**
7273  * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
7274  * @ies: the input IE buffer
7275  * @len: the input length
7276  * @attr: the attribute ID to find
7277  * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
7278  *	if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
7279  * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
7280  *
7281  * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
7282  * copies its contents to the given buffer.
7283  *
7284  * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
7285  * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
7286  * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
7287  */
7288 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
7289 			  enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
7290 			  u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
7291 
7292 /**
7293  * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
7294  * @ies: the IE buffer
7295  * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7296  * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7297  *	the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7298  *	EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7299  * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7300  * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
7301  * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
7302  * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7303  *
7304  * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7305  * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7306  * split.
7307  *
7308  * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7309  * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7310  *
7311  * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7312  * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7313  * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7314  *
7315  * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7316  * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7317  * of the buffer should be used.
7318  */
7319 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7320 			      const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
7321 			      const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
7322 			      size_t offset);
7323 
7324 /**
7325  * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
7326  * @ies: the IE buffer
7327  * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7328  * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7329  *	the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7330  *	EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7331  * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7332  * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7333  *
7334  * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7335  * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7336  * split.
7337  *
7338  * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7339  * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7340  *
7341  * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7342  * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7343  * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7344  *
7345  * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7346  * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7347  * of the buffer should be used.
7348  */
7349 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7350 					const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
7351 {
7352 	return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
7353 }
7354 
7355 /**
7356  * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
7357  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
7358  * @wakeup: the wakeup report
7359  * @gfp: allocation flags
7360  *
7361  * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
7362  * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
7363  * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
7364  * else caused the wakeup.
7365  */
7366 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7367 				   struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
7368 				   gfp_t gfp);
7369 
7370 /**
7371  * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
7372  *
7373  * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
7374  * @gfp: allocation flags
7375  *
7376  * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
7377  * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
7378  * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
7379  */
7380 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
7381 
7382 /**
7383  * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
7384  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7385  *
7386  * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
7387  */
7388 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7389 
7390 /**
7391  * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
7392  *
7393  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7394  * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7395  *
7396  * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
7397  * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
7398  * the interface combinations.
7399  */
7400 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7401 				struct iface_combination_params *params);
7402 
7403 /**
7404  * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
7405  *
7406  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7407  * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7408  * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
7409  * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
7410  *
7411  * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
7412  * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
7413  * purposes.
7414  */
7415 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7416 			       struct iface_combination_params *params,
7417 			       void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
7418 					    void *data),
7419 			       void *data);
7420 
7421 /*
7422  * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
7423  *
7424  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7425  * @wdev: wireless device
7426  * @gfp: context flags
7427  *
7428  * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
7429  * disconnected.
7430  *
7431  * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
7432  */
7433 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7434 			 gfp_t gfp);
7435 
7436 /**
7437  * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
7438  * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
7439  *
7440  * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
7441  * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
7442  * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
7443  * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
7444  *
7445  * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
7446  * the driver while the function is running.
7447  */
7448 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7449 
7450 /**
7451  * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
7452  *
7453  * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7454  * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7455  *
7456  * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7457  * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7458  */
7459 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7460 					 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7461 {
7462 	u8 *ft_byte;
7463 
7464 	ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7465 	*ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
7466 }
7467 
7468 /**
7469  * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
7470  *
7471  * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7472  * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7473  *
7474  * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7475  * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7476  */
7477 static inline bool
7478 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7479 			enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7480 {
7481 	u8 ft_byte;
7482 
7483 	ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7484 	return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
7485 }
7486 
7487 /**
7488  * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
7489  * @f: NAN function that should be freed
7490  *
7491  * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
7492  */
7493 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
7494 
7495 /**
7496  * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
7497  * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
7498  *	 %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
7499  *	 If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
7500  *	 result.
7501  *	 If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
7502  * @inst_id: the local instance id
7503  * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
7504  * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
7505  * @info_len: the length of the &info
7506  * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
7507  * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
7508  */
7509 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
7510 	enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
7511 	u8 inst_id;
7512 	u8 peer_inst_id;
7513 	const u8 *addr;
7514 	u8 info_len;
7515 	const u8 *info;
7516 	u64 cookie;
7517 };
7518 
7519 /**
7520  * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
7521  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7522  * @match: match notification parameters
7523  * @gfp: allocation flags
7524  *
7525  * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
7526  * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
7527  * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
7528  */
7529 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7530 			struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
7531 
7532 /**
7533  * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
7534  *
7535  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7536  * @inst_id: the local instance id
7537  * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
7538  * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
7539  * @gfp: allocation flags
7540  *
7541  * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
7542  */
7543 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7544 				  u8 inst_id,
7545 				  enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
7546 				  u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
7547 
7548 /* ethtool helper */
7549 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
7550 
7551 /**
7552  * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
7553  * @netdev: network device
7554  * @params: External authentication parameters
7555  * @gfp: allocation flags
7556  * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
7557  */
7558 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
7559 				   struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
7560 				   gfp_t gfp);
7561 
7562 /**
7563  * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
7564  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7565  * @req: the original measurement request
7566  * @result: the result data
7567  * @gfp: allocation flags
7568  */
7569 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7570 			  struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7571 			  struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result,
7572 			  gfp_t gfp);
7573 
7574 /**
7575  * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
7576  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7577  * @req: the original measurement request
7578  * @gfp: allocation flags
7579  *
7580  * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
7581  * the request pointer will no longer be valid.
7582  */
7583 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7584 			    struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7585 			    gfp_t gfp);
7586 
7587 /**
7588  * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed
7589  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7590  * @iftype: interface type
7591  * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1'
7592  * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces
7593  *
7594  * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API
7595  * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when
7596  * check_swif is '1'.
7597  */
7598 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
7599 			     bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif);
7600 
7601 
7602 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
7603 
7604 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
7605 
7606 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...)		\
7607 	dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7608 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7609 	dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7610 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7611 	dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7612 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7613 	dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7614 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7615 	dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7616 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7617 	dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7618 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7619 	dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7620 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7621 	dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7622 
7623 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)		\
7624 	dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7625 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)		\
7626 	dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7627 
7628 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7629 	wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
7630 
7631 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7632 	dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7633 
7634 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
7635 #define wiphy_vdbg	wiphy_dbg
7636 #else
7637 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...)				\
7638 ({									\
7639 	if (0)								\
7640 		wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args);	\
7641 	0;								\
7642 })
7643 #endif
7644 
7645 /*
7646  * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
7647  * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
7648  * file/line information and a backtrace.
7649  */
7650 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7651 	WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
7652 
7653 /**
7654  * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space
7655  * @netdev: network device
7656  * @owe_info: peer's owe info
7657  * @gfp: allocation flags
7658  */
7659 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7660 				    struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info,
7661 				    gfp_t gfp);
7662 
7663 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */
7664